Re: [WIP] Performance Improvement by reducing WAL for Update Operation

Started by Amit kapilaover 13 years ago10 messages
#1Amit kapila
amit.kapila@huawei.com
3 attachment(s)

From: Heikki Linnakangas [mailto:heikki.linnakangas@enterprisedb.com]
Sent: Saturday, August 04, 2012 1:33 AM
On 03.08.2012 14:46, Amit kapila wrote:

Currently the change is done only for fixed length columns for simple tables and the tuple should not contain >>NULLS.

This is a Proof of concept, the design and implementation needs to be
changed based on final design required for handling other scenario's

The performance will need to be re-verified after you fix these
limitations. Those limitations need to be fixed before this can be applied.

It would be nice to use some well-known binary delta algorithm for this,
rather than invent our own. OTOH, we have more knowledge of the
attribute boundaries, so a custom algorithm might work better. In any
case, I'd like to see the code to do the delta encoding/decoding to be
put into separate functions, outside of heapam.c. It would be good for
readability, and we might want to reuse this in other places too.

I have modified the patch to handle varible length fields and NULLS as well. I have used custom algorithm based on
attribute boundaries.
Currently it handles updates across pages, but as a concern is raised by Robert and Simon about handle it only if the update is on same page, I can do it in the next version of patch if that is required.

Design of Update operation:
---------------------------------------------
1. Check for tuple whether the optimization can be applicable or not. For following it is applicable
a. Tuple should not be toasted tuple
b. Before update triggers should return NEW
c. Length of modified tuple should be more than 128 bytes.
d. When the pull page write is enabled. Currently this is checked inside heap_update, however it can be pulled
to ExecUpdate()
2. Identify the modified columns from the target entry.
3. Based on the modified column list, frame the wal record in the below format.
WAL update header + Tuple header(no change from previous format) +
COPY + offset until copy required from old tuple.
IGN + length needs to be ignored from the old tuple.
PAD + length needs to padded with zero in new tuple because of alignment.
ADD + length of data + data which is modified.
....
....

Recovery Design
------------------------------
Frame the new tuple from old tuple and WAL record during recovery:

1. For the COPY command, copy the specified length from old tuple.
Once the old tuple data copied, then increase the offset by the
copied length.
2. For the IGN command, ignore the specified length in the old tuple.
3. For the PAD command, fill with zeros of the specified length in the new tuple.
4. For the ADD command, copy the corresponding length of data from WAL record to the new tuple.
5. Repeat this procedure until the WAL record reaches the end.
6. If any remaining left out old tuple data will be copied at last.

Test results:

1. The pgbench test run for 10min.
2. The test reult is for modified pgbench (such that total row size is 1800 and updated columns are of length 300) tpc-b testcase.
The result and modified pgbench code is attached with mail.
3. The performance improvement shown in the m/c I have tested is quite good (more than 100% for sync commit = off).

Comments and further suggestions?

With Regards,
Amit Kapila.

Attachments:

pgbench.capplication/octet-stream; name=pgbench.cDownload
/*
 * pgbench.c
 *
 * A simple benchmark program for PostgreSQL
 * Originally written by Tatsuo Ishii and enhanced by many contributors.
 *
 * contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2012, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 * ALL RIGHTS RESERVED;
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
 * documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
 * is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this
 * paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
 *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
 * LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS
 * DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE AUTHOR OR DISTRIBUTORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
 * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * THE AUTHOR AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
 * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
 * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
 * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHOR AND DISTRIBUTORS HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO
 * PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
 *
 */

#ifdef WIN32
#define FD_SETSIZE 1024			/* set before winsock2.h is included */
#endif   /* ! WIN32 */

#include "postgres_fe.h"

#include "getopt_long.h"
#include "libpq-fe.h"
#include "libpq/pqsignal.h"
#include "portability/instr_time.h"

#include <ctype.h>

#ifndef WIN32
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#endif   /* ! WIN32 */

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#include <sys/select.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
#include <sys/resource.h>		/* for getrlimit */
#endif

#ifndef INT64_MAX
#define INT64_MAX	INT64CONST(0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF)
#endif

/*
 * Multi-platform pthread implementations
 */

#ifdef WIN32
/* Use native win32 threads on Windows */
typedef struct win32_pthread *pthread_t;
typedef int pthread_attr_t;

static int	pthread_create(pthread_t *thread, pthread_attr_t *attr, void *(*start_routine) (void *), void *arg);
static int	pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return);
#elif defined(ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY)
/* Use platform-dependent pthread capability */
#include <pthread.h>
#else
/* Use emulation with fork. Rename pthread identifiers to avoid conflicts */

#include <sys/wait.h>

#define pthread_t				pg_pthread_t
#define pthread_attr_t			pg_pthread_attr_t
#define pthread_create			pg_pthread_create
#define pthread_join			pg_pthread_join

typedef struct fork_pthread *pthread_t;
typedef int pthread_attr_t;

static int	pthread_create(pthread_t *thread, pthread_attr_t *attr, void *(*start_routine) (void *), void *arg);
static int	pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return);
#endif

extern char *optarg;
extern int	optind;


/********************************************************************
 * some configurable parameters */

/* max number of clients allowed */
#ifdef FD_SETSIZE
#define MAXCLIENTS	(FD_SETSIZE - 10)
#else
#define MAXCLIENTS	1024
#endif

#define DEFAULT_NXACTS	10		/* default nxacts */

int			nxacts = 0;			/* number of transactions per client */
int			duration = 0;		/* duration in seconds */

/*
 * scaling factor. for example, scale = 10 will make 1000000 tuples in
 * pgbench_accounts table.
 */
int			scale = 1;

/*
 * fillfactor. for example, fillfactor = 90 will use only 90 percent
 * space during inserts and leave 10 percent free.
 */
int			fillfactor = 100;

/*
 * create foreign key constraints on the tables?
 */
int			foreign_keys = 0;

/*
 * use unlogged tables?
 */
int			unlogged_tables = 0;

/*
 * tablespace selection
 */
char	   *tablespace = NULL;
char	   *index_tablespace = NULL;

/*
 * end of configurable parameters
 *********************************************************************/

#define nbranches	1			/* Makes little sense to change this.  Change
								 * -s instead */
#define ntellers	10
#define naccounts	100000

bool		use_log;			/* log transaction latencies to a file */
bool		is_connect;			/* establish connection for each transaction */
bool		is_latencies;		/* report per-command latencies */
int			main_pid;			/* main process id used in log filename */

char	   *pghost = "";
char	   *pgport = "";
char	   *login = NULL;
char	   *dbName;
const char *progname;

volatile bool timer_exceeded = false;	/* flag from signal handler */

/* variable definitions */
typedef struct
{
	char	   *name;			/* variable name */
	char	   *value;			/* its value */
} Variable;

#define MAX_FILES		128		/* max number of SQL script files allowed */
#define SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE	256 /* maximum size allowed for shell command */

/*
 * structures used in custom query mode
 */

typedef struct
{
	PGconn	   *con;			/* connection handle to DB */
	int			id;				/* client No. */
	int			state;			/* state No. */
	int			cnt;			/* xacts count */
	int			ecnt;			/* error count */
	int			listen;			/* 0 indicates that an async query has been
								 * sent */
	int			sleeping;		/* 1 indicates that the client is napping */
	int64		until;			/* napping until (usec) */
	Variable   *variables;		/* array of variable definitions */
	int			nvariables;
	instr_time	txn_begin;		/* used for measuring transaction latencies */
	instr_time	stmt_begin;		/* used for measuring statement latencies */
	int			use_file;		/* index in sql_files for this client */
	bool		prepared[MAX_FILES];
} CState;

/*
 * Thread state and result
 */
typedef struct
{
	int			tid;			/* thread id */
	pthread_t	thread;			/* thread handle */
	CState	   *state;			/* array of CState */
	int			nstate;			/* length of state[] */
	instr_time	start_time;		/* thread start time */
	instr_time *exec_elapsed;	/* time spent executing cmds (per Command) */
	int		   *exec_count;		/* number of cmd executions (per Command) */
	unsigned short random_state[3];		/* separate randomness for each thread */
} TState;

#define INVALID_THREAD		((pthread_t) 0)

typedef struct
{
	instr_time	conn_time;
	int			xacts;
} TResult;

/*
 * queries read from files
 */
#define SQL_COMMAND		1
#define META_COMMAND	2
#define MAX_ARGS		10

typedef enum QueryMode
{
	QUERY_SIMPLE,				/* simple query */
	QUERY_EXTENDED,				/* extended query */
	QUERY_PREPARED,				/* extended query with prepared statements */
	NUM_QUERYMODE
} QueryMode;

static QueryMode querymode = QUERY_SIMPLE;
static const char *QUERYMODE[] = {"simple", "extended", "prepared"};

typedef struct
{
	char	   *line;			/* full text of command line */
	int			command_num;	/* unique index of this Command struct */
	int			type;			/* command type (SQL_COMMAND or META_COMMAND) */
	int			argc;			/* number of command words */
	char	   *argv[MAX_ARGS]; /* command word list */
} Command;

static Command **sql_files[MAX_FILES];	/* SQL script files */
static int	num_files;			/* number of script files */
static int	num_commands = 0;	/* total number of Command structs */
static int	debug = 0;			/* debug flag */

/* default scenario */
static char *tpc_b = {
	"\\set nbranches " CppAsString2(nbranches) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set ntellers " CppAsString2(ntellers) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"\\setrandom bid 1 :nbranches\n"
	"\\setrandom tid 1 :ntellers\n"
	"\\setrandom delta -5000 5000\n"
	"BEGIN;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler, filler1 = filler1 WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_tellers SET tbalance = tbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler, filler1 = filler1 WHERE tid = :tid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_branches SET bbalance = bbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler, filler1 = filler1 WHERE bid = :bid;\n"
	"END;\n"
};

/* -N case */
static char *simple_update = {
	"\\set nbranches " CppAsString2(nbranches) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set ntellers " CppAsString2(ntellers) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"\\setrandom bid 1 :nbranches\n"
	"\\setrandom tid 1 :ntellers\n"
	"\\setrandom delta -5000 5000\n"
	"BEGIN;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"SELECT abalance FROM pgbench_accounts WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"INSERT INTO pgbench_history (tid, bid, aid, delta, mtime) VALUES (:tid, :bid, :aid, :delta, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP);\n"
	"END;\n"
};

/* -S case */
static char *select_only = {
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"SELECT abalance FROM pgbench_accounts WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
};

/* Function prototypes */
static void setalarm(int seconds);
static void *threadRun(void *arg);


/*
 * routines to check mem allocations and fail noisily.
 */
static void *
xmalloc(size_t size)
{
	void	   *result;

	result = malloc(size);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}

static void *
xrealloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
{
	void	   *result;

	result = realloc(ptr, size);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}

static char *
xstrdup(const char *s)
{
	char	   *result;

	result = strdup(s);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}


static void
usage(void)
{
	printf("%s is a benchmarking tool for PostgreSQL.\n\n"
		   "Usage:\n"
		   "  %s [OPTION]... [DBNAME]\n"
		   "\nInitialization options:\n"
		   "  -i           invokes initialization mode\n"
		   "  -n           do not run VACUUM after initialization\n"
		   "  -F NUM       fill factor\n"
		   "  -s NUM       scaling factor\n"
		   "  --foreign-keys\n"
		   "               create foreign key constraints between tables\n"
		   "  --index-tablespace=TABLESPACE\n"
		   "               create indexes in the specified tablespace\n"
		   "  --tablespace=TABLESPACE\n"
		   "               create tables in the specified tablespace\n"
		   "  --unlogged-tables\n"
		   "               create tables as unlogged tables\n"
		   "\nBenchmarking options:\n"
		"  -c NUM       number of concurrent database clients (default: 1)\n"
		   "  -C           establish new connection for each transaction\n"
		   "  -D VARNAME=VALUE\n"
		   "               define variable for use by custom script\n"
		   "  -f FILENAME  read transaction script from FILENAME\n"
		   "  -j NUM       number of threads (default: 1)\n"
		   "  -l           write transaction times to log file\n"
		   "  -M simple|extended|prepared\n"
		   "               protocol for submitting queries to server (default: simple)\n"
		   "  -n           do not run VACUUM before tests\n"
		   "  -N           do not update tables \"pgbench_tellers\" and \"pgbench_branches\"\n"
		   "  -r           report average latency per command\n"
		   "  -s NUM       report this scale factor in output\n"
		   "  -S           perform SELECT-only transactions\n"
	 "  -t NUM       number of transactions each client runs (default: 10)\n"
		   "  -T NUM       duration of benchmark test in seconds\n"
		   "  -v           vacuum all four standard tables before tests\n"
		   "\nCommon options:\n"
		   "  -d             print debugging output\n"
		   "  -h HOSTNAME    database server host or socket directory\n"
		   "  -p PORT        database server port number\n"
		   "  -U USERNAME    connect as specified database user\n"
		   "  -V, --version  output version information, then exit\n"
		   "  -?, --help     show this help, then exit\n"
		   "\n"
		   "Report bugs to <pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org>.\n",
		   progname, progname);
}

/* random number generator: uniform distribution from min to max inclusive */
static int
getrand(TState *thread, int min, int max)
{
	/*
	 * Odd coding is so that min and max have approximately the same chance of
	 * being selected as do numbers between them.
	 *
	 * pg_erand48() is thread-safe and concurrent, which is why we use it
	 * rather than random(), which in glibc is non-reentrant, and therefore
	 * protected by a mutex, and therefore a bottleneck on machines with many
	 * CPUs.
	 */
	return min + (int) ((max - min + 1) * pg_erand48(thread->random_state));
}

/* call PQexec() and exit() on failure */
static void
executeStatement(PGconn *con, const char *sql)
{
	PGresult   *res;

	res = PQexec(con, sql);
	if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}
	PQclear(res);
}

/* set up a connection to the backend */
static PGconn *
doConnect(void)
{
	PGconn	   *conn;
	static char *password = NULL;
	bool		new_pass;

	/*
	 * Start the connection.  Loop until we have a password if requested by
	 * backend.
	 */
	do
	{
#define PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE	7

		const char *keywords[PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE];
		const char *values[PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE];

		keywords[0] = "host";
		values[0] = pghost;
		keywords[1] = "port";
		values[1] = pgport;
		keywords[2] = "user";
		values[2] = login;
		keywords[3] = "password";
		values[3] = password;
		keywords[4] = "dbname";
		values[4] = dbName;
		keywords[5] = "fallback_application_name";
		values[5] = progname;
		keywords[6] = NULL;
		values[6] = NULL;

		new_pass = false;

		conn = PQconnectdbParams(keywords, values, true);

		if (!conn)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database \"%s\" failed\n",
					dbName);
			return NULL;
		}

		if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD &&
			PQconnectionNeedsPassword(conn) &&
			password == NULL)
		{
			PQfinish(conn);
			password = simple_prompt("Password: ", 100, false);
			new_pass = true;
		}
	} while (new_pass);

	/* check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
	if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database \"%s\" failed:\n%s",
				dbName, PQerrorMessage(conn));
		PQfinish(conn);
		return NULL;
	}

	return conn;
}

/* throw away response from backend */
static void
discard_response(CState *state)
{
	PGresult   *res;

	do
	{
		res = PQgetResult(state->con);
		if (res)
			PQclear(res);
	} while (res);
}

static int
compareVariables(const void *v1, const void *v2)
{
	return strcmp(((const Variable *) v1)->name,
				  ((const Variable *) v2)->name);
}

static char *
getVariable(CState *st, char *name)
{
	Variable	key,
			   *var;

	/* On some versions of Solaris, bsearch of zero items dumps core */
	if (st->nvariables <= 0)
		return NULL;

	key.name = name;
	var = (Variable *) bsearch((void *) &key,
							   (void *) st->variables,
							   st->nvariables,
							   sizeof(Variable),
							   compareVariables);
	if (var != NULL)
		return var->value;
	else
		return NULL;
}

/* check whether the name consists of alphabets, numerals and underscores. */
static bool
isLegalVariableName(const char *name)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; name[i] != '\0'; i++)
	{
		if (!isalnum((unsigned char) name[i]) && name[i] != '_')
			return false;
	}

	return true;
}

static int
putVariable(CState *st, const char *context, char *name, char *value)
{
	Variable	key,
			   *var;

	key.name = name;
	/* On some versions of Solaris, bsearch of zero items dumps core */
	if (st->nvariables > 0)
		var = (Variable *) bsearch((void *) &key,
								   (void *) st->variables,
								   st->nvariables,
								   sizeof(Variable),
								   compareVariables);
	else
		var = NULL;

	if (var == NULL)
	{
		Variable   *newvars;

		/*
		 * Check for the name only when declaring a new variable to avoid
		 * overhead.
		 */
		if (!isLegalVariableName(name))
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: invalid variable name '%s'\n", context, name);
			return false;
		}

		if (st->variables)
			newvars = (Variable *) xrealloc(st->variables,
									(st->nvariables + 1) * sizeof(Variable));
		else
			newvars = (Variable *) xmalloc(sizeof(Variable));

		st->variables = newvars;

		var = &newvars[st->nvariables];

		var->name = xstrdup(name);
		var->value = xstrdup(value);

		st->nvariables++;

		qsort((void *) st->variables, st->nvariables, sizeof(Variable),
			  compareVariables);
	}
	else
	{
		char	   *val;

		/* dup then free, in case value is pointing at this variable */
		val = xstrdup(value);

		free(var->value);
		var->value = val;
	}

	return true;
}

static char *
parseVariable(const char *sql, int *eaten)
{
	int			i = 0;
	char	   *name;

	do
	{
		i++;
	} while (isalnum((unsigned char) sql[i]) || sql[i] == '_');
	if (i == 1)
		return NULL;

	name = xmalloc(i);
	memcpy(name, &sql[1], i - 1);
	name[i - 1] = '\0';

	*eaten = i;
	return name;
}

static char *
replaceVariable(char **sql, char *param, int len, char *value)
{
	int			valueln = strlen(value);

	if (valueln > len)
	{
		size_t		offset = param - *sql;

		*sql = xrealloc(*sql, strlen(*sql) - len + valueln + 1);
		param = *sql + offset;
	}

	if (valueln != len)
		memmove(param + valueln, param + len, strlen(param + len) + 1);
	strncpy(param, value, valueln);

	return param + valueln;
}

static char *
assignVariables(CState *st, char *sql)
{
	char	   *p,
			   *name,
			   *val;

	p = sql;
	while ((p = strchr(p, ':')) != NULL)
	{
		int			eaten;

		name = parseVariable(p, &eaten);
		if (name == NULL)
		{
			while (*p == ':')
			{
				p++;
			}
			continue;
		}

		val = getVariable(st, name);
		free(name);
		if (val == NULL)
		{
			p++;
			continue;
		}

		p = replaceVariable(&sql, p, eaten, val);
	}

	return sql;
}

static void
getQueryParams(CState *st, const Command *command, const char **params)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; i < command->argc - 1; i++)
		params[i] = getVariable(st, command->argv[i + 1]);
}

/*
 * Run a shell command. The result is assigned to the variable if not NULL.
 * Return true if succeeded, or false on error.
 */
static bool
runShellCommand(CState *st, char *variable, char **argv, int argc)
{
	char		command[SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE];
	int			i,
				len = 0;
	FILE	   *fp;
	char		res[64];
	char	   *endptr;
	int			retval;

	/*----------
	 * Join arguments with whitespace separators. Arguments starting with
	 * exactly one colon are treated as variables:
	 *	name - append a string "name"
	 *	:var - append a variable named 'var'
	 *	::name - append a string ":name"
	 *----------
	 */
	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
	{
		char	   *arg;
		int			arglen;

		if (argv[i][0] != ':')
		{
			arg = argv[i];		/* a string literal */
		}
		else if (argv[i][1] == ':')
		{
			arg = argv[i] + 1;	/* a string literal starting with colons */
		}
		else if ((arg = getVariable(st, argv[i] + 1)) == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[i]);
			return false;
		}

		arglen = strlen(arg);
		if (len + arglen + (i > 0 ? 1 : 0) >= SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE - 1)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: too long shell command\n", argv[0]);
			return false;
		}

		if (i > 0)
			command[len++] = ' ';
		memcpy(command + len, arg, arglen);
		len += arglen;
	}

	command[len] = '\0';

	/* Fast path for non-assignment case */
	if (variable == NULL)
	{
		if (system(command))
		{
			if (!timer_exceeded)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot launch shell command\n", argv[0]);
			return false;
		}
		return true;
	}

	/* Execute the command with pipe and read the standard output. */
	if ((fp = popen(command, "r")) == NULL)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot launch shell command\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}
	if (fgets(res, sizeof(res), fp) == NULL)
	{
		if (!timer_exceeded)
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot read the result\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}
	if (pclose(fp) < 0)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot close shell command\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}

	/* Check whether the result is an integer and assign it to the variable */
	retval = (int) strtol(res, &endptr, 10);
	while (*endptr != '\0' && isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
		endptr++;
	if (*res == '\0' || *endptr != '\0')
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: must return an integer ('%s' returned)\n", argv[0], res);
		return false;
	}
	snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", retval);
	if (!putVariable(st, "setshell", variable, res))
		return false;

#ifdef DEBUG
	printf("shell parameter name: %s, value: %s\n", argv[1], res);
#endif
	return true;
}

#define MAX_PREPARE_NAME		32
static void
preparedStatementName(char *buffer, int file, int state)
{
	sprintf(buffer, "P%d_%d", file, state);
}

static bool
clientDone(CState *st, bool ok)
{
	(void) ok;					/* unused */

	if (st->con != NULL)
	{
		PQfinish(st->con);
		st->con = NULL;
	}
	return false;				/* always false */
}

/* return false iff client should be disconnected */
static bool
doCustom(TState *thread, CState *st, instr_time *conn_time, FILE *logfile)
{
	PGresult   *res;
	Command   **commands;

top:
	commands = sql_files[st->use_file];

	if (st->sleeping)
	{							/* are we sleeping? */
		instr_time	now;

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
		if (st->until <= INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now))
			st->sleeping = 0;	/* Done sleeping, go ahead with next command */
		else
			return true;		/* Still sleeping, nothing to do here */
	}

	if (st->listen)
	{							/* are we receiver? */
		if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
		{
			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d receiving\n", st->id);
			if (!PQconsumeInput(st->con))
			{					/* there's something wrong */
				fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Probably the backend died while processing.\n", st->id, st->state);
				return clientDone(st, false);
			}
			if (PQisBusy(st->con))
				return true;	/* don't have the whole result yet */
		}

		/*
		 * command finished: accumulate per-command execution times in
		 * thread-local data structure, if per-command latencies are requested
		 */
		if (is_latencies)
		{
			instr_time	now;
			int			cnum = commands[st->state]->command_num;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(thread->exec_elapsed[cnum],
								  now, st->stmt_begin);
			thread->exec_count[cnum]++;
		}

		/*
		 * if transaction finished, record the time it took in the log
		 */
		if (logfile && commands[st->state + 1] == NULL)
		{
			instr_time	now;
			instr_time	diff;
			double		usec;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			diff = now;
			INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(diff, st->txn_begin);
			usec = (double) INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(diff);

#ifndef WIN32
			/* This is more than we really ought to know about instr_time */
			fprintf(logfile, "%d %d %.0f %d %ld %ld\n",
					st->id, st->cnt, usec, st->use_file,
					(long) now.tv_sec, (long) now.tv_usec);
#else
			/* On Windows, instr_time doesn't provide a timestamp anyway */
			fprintf(logfile, "%d %d %.0f %d 0 0\n",
					st->id, st->cnt, usec, st->use_file);
#endif
		}

		if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
		{
			/*
			 * Read and discard the query result; note this is not included in
			 * the statement latency numbers.
			 */
			res = PQgetResult(st->con);
			switch (PQresultStatus(res))
			{
				case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:
				case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
					break;		/* OK */
				default:
					fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d: %s",
							st->id, st->state, PQerrorMessage(st->con));
					PQclear(res);
					return clientDone(st, false);
			}
			PQclear(res);
			discard_response(st);
		}

		if (commands[st->state + 1] == NULL)
		{
			if (is_connect)
			{
				PQfinish(st->con);
				st->con = NULL;
			}

			++st->cnt;
			if ((st->cnt >= nxacts && duration <= 0) || timer_exceeded)
				return clientDone(st, true);	/* exit success */
		}

		/* increment state counter */
		st->state++;
		if (commands[st->state] == NULL)
		{
			st->state = 0;
			st->use_file = getrand(thread, 0, num_files - 1);
			commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
		}
	}

	if (st->con == NULL)
	{
		instr_time	start,
					end;

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start);
		if ((st->con = doConnect()) == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in establishing connection.\n", st->id);
			return clientDone(st, false);
		}
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(end);
		INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(*conn_time, end, start);
	}

	/* Record transaction start time if logging is enabled */
	if (logfile && st->state == 0)
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(st->txn_begin);

	/* Record statement start time if per-command latencies are requested */
	if (is_latencies)
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(st->stmt_begin);

	if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
	{
		const Command *command = commands[st->state];
		int			r;

		if (querymode == QUERY_SIMPLE)
		{
			char	   *sql;

			sql = xstrdup(command->argv[0]);
			sql = assignVariables(st, sql);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, sql);
			r = PQsendQuery(st->con, sql);
			free(sql);
		}
		else if (querymode == QUERY_EXTENDED)
		{
			const char *sql = command->argv[0];
			const char *params[MAX_ARGS];

			getQueryParams(st, command, params);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, sql);
			r = PQsendQueryParams(st->con, sql, command->argc - 1,
								  NULL, params, NULL, NULL, 0);
		}
		else if (querymode == QUERY_PREPARED)
		{
			char		name[MAX_PREPARE_NAME];
			const char *params[MAX_ARGS];

			if (!st->prepared[st->use_file])
			{
				int			j;

				for (j = 0; commands[j] != NULL; j++)
				{
					PGresult   *res;
					char		name[MAX_PREPARE_NAME];

					if (commands[j]->type != SQL_COMMAND)
						continue;
					preparedStatementName(name, st->use_file, j);
					res = PQprepare(st->con, name,
						  commands[j]->argv[0], commands[j]->argc - 1, NULL);
					if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
						fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(st->con));
					PQclear(res);
				}
				st->prepared[st->use_file] = true;
			}

			getQueryParams(st, command, params);
			preparedStatementName(name, st->use_file, st->state);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, name);
			r = PQsendQueryPrepared(st->con, name, command->argc - 1,
									params, NULL, NULL, 0);
		}
		else	/* unknown sql mode */
			r = 0;

		if (r == 0)
		{
			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d cannot send %s\n", st->id, command->argv[0]);
			st->ecnt++;
		}
		else
			st->listen = 1;		/* flags that should be listened */
	}
	else if (commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
	{
		int			argc = commands[st->state]->argc,
					i;
		char	  **argv = commands[st->state]->argv;

		if (debug)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "client %d executing \\%s", st->id, argv[0]);
			for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
				fprintf(stderr, " %s", argv[i]);
			fprintf(stderr, "\n");
		}

		if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "setrandom") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			min,
						max;
			char		res[64];

			if (*argv[2] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[2] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[2]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				min = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				min = atoi(argv[2]);

#ifdef NOT_USED
			if (min < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: invalid minimum number %d\n", argv[0], min);
				st->ecnt++;
				return;
			}
#endif

			if (*argv[3] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[3] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[3]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				max = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				max = atoi(argv[3]);

			if (max < min)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: maximum is less than minimum\n", argv[0]);
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			/*
			 * getrand() neeeds to be able to subtract max from min and add
			 * one the result without overflowing.	Since we know max > min,
			 * we can detect overflow just by checking for a negative result.
			 * But we must check both that the subtraction doesn't overflow,
			 * and that adding one to the result doesn't overflow either.
			 */
			if (max - min < 0 || (max - min) + 1 < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: range too large\n", argv[0]);
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

#ifdef DEBUG
			printf("min: %d max: %d random: %d\n", min, max, getrand(thread, min, max));
#endif
			snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", getrand(thread, min, max));

			if (!putVariable(st, argv[0], argv[1], res))
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "set") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			ope1,
						ope2;
			char		res[64];

			if (*argv[2] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[2] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[2]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				ope1 = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				ope1 = atoi(argv[2]);

			if (argc < 5)
				snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1);
			else
			{
				if (*argv[4] == ':')
				{
					if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[4] + 1)) == NULL)
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[4]);
						st->ecnt++;
						return true;
					}
					ope2 = atoi(var);
				}
				else
					ope2 = atoi(argv[4]);

				if (strcmp(argv[3], "+") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 + ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "-") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 - ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "*") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 * ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "/") == 0)
				{
					if (ope2 == 0)
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "%s: division by zero\n", argv[0]);
						st->ecnt++;
						return true;
					}
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 / ope2);
				}
				else
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: unsupported operator %s\n", argv[0], argv[3]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
			}

			if (!putVariable(st, argv[0], argv[1], res))
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "sleep") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			usec;
			instr_time	now;

			if (*argv[1] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[1] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[1]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				usec = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				usec = atoi(argv[1]);

			if (argc > 2)
			{
				if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[2], "ms") == 0)
					usec *= 1000;
				else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[2], "s") == 0)
					usec *= 1000000;
			}
			else
				usec *= 1000000;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			st->until = INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now) + usec;
			st->sleeping = 1;

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "setshell") == 0)
		{
			bool		ret = runShellCommand(st, argv[1], argv + 2, argc - 2);

			if (timer_exceeded) /* timeout */
				return clientDone(st, true);
			else if (!ret)		/* on error */
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}
			else	/* succeeded */
				st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "shell") == 0)
		{
			bool		ret = runShellCommand(st, NULL, argv + 1, argc - 1);

			if (timer_exceeded) /* timeout */
				return clientDone(st, true);
			else if (!ret)		/* on error */
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}
			else	/* succeeded */
				st->listen = 1;
		}
		goto top;
	}

	return true;
}

/* discard connections */
static void
disconnect_all(CState *state, int length)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
	{
		if (state[i].con)
		{
			PQfinish(state[i].con);
			state[i].con = NULL;
		}
	}
}

/* create tables and setup data */
static void
init(bool is_no_vacuum)
{
	/*
	 * Note: TPC-B requires at least 100 bytes per row, and the "filler"
	 * fields in these table declarations were intended to comply with that.
	 * But because they default to NULLs, they don't actually take any space.
	 * We could fix that by giving them non-null default values. However, that
	 * would completely break comparability of pgbench results with prior
	 * versions.  Since pgbench has never pretended to be fully TPC-B
	 * compliant anyway, we stick with the historical behavior.
	 */
	struct ddlinfo
	{
		char	   *table;
		char	   *cols;
		int			declare_fillfactor;
	};
	struct ddlinfo DDLs[] = {
		{
			"pgbench_history",
			"tid int,bid int,aid int,delta int,mtime timestamp,filler char(22)",
			0
		},
		{
			"pgbench_tellers",
			"tid int not null,bid int,tbalance int,filler char(92),"
			"tbalance1 int, filler1 varchar(192),tbalance2 int,filler2 char(1500)",
			1
		},
		{
			"pgbench_accounts",
			"aid int not null,bid int,abalance int,filler char(92),"
			"abalance1 int,filler1 varchar(192),abalance2 int,filler2 char(1500)",
			1
		},
		{
			"pgbench_branches",
			"bid int not null,bbalance int,filler char(92),bbalance1 int,"
			"filler1 varchar(192), bbalance2 int, filler2 char(1500)",
			1
		}
	};
	static char *DDLAFTERs[] = {
		"alter table pgbench_branches add primary key (bid)",
		"alter table pgbench_tellers add primary key (tid)",
		"alter table pgbench_accounts add primary key (aid)"
	};
	static char *DDLKEYs[] = {
		"alter table pgbench_tellers add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_accounts add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (tid) references pgbench_tellers",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (aid) references pgbench_accounts"
	};

	PGconn	   *con;
	PGresult   *res;
	char		sql[256];
	int			i;

	if ((con = doConnect()) == NULL)
		exit(1);

	for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLs); i++)
	{
		char		opts[256];
		char		buffer[256];
		struct ddlinfo *ddl = &DDLs[i];

		/* Remove old table, if it exists. */
		snprintf(buffer, 256, "drop table if exists %s", ddl->table);
		executeStatement(con, buffer);

		/* Construct new create table statement. */
		opts[0] = '\0';
		if (ddl->declare_fillfactor)
			snprintf(opts + strlen(opts), 256 - strlen(opts),
					 " with (fillfactor=%d)", fillfactor);
		if (tablespace != NULL)
		{
			char	   *escape_tablespace;

			escape_tablespace = PQescapeIdentifier(con, tablespace,
												   strlen(tablespace));
			snprintf(opts + strlen(opts), 256 - strlen(opts),
					 " tablespace %s", escape_tablespace);
			PQfreemem(escape_tablespace);
		}
		snprintf(buffer, 256, "create%s table %s(%s)%s",
				 unlogged_tables ? " unlogged" : "",
				 ddl->table, ddl->cols, opts);

		executeStatement(con, buffer);
	}

	executeStatement(con, "begin");

	for (i = 0; i < nbranches * scale; i++)
	{
		snprintf(sql, 256, "insert into pgbench_branches values(%d,0,0,0,0,0,0)", i + 1);
		executeStatement(con, sql);
	}

	for (i = 0; i < ntellers * scale; i++)
	{
		snprintf(sql, 256, "insert into pgbench_tellers values (%d,%d,0,0,0,0,0,0)",
				 i + 1, i / ntellers + 1);
		executeStatement(con, sql);
	}

	executeStatement(con, "commit");

	/*
	 * fill the pgbench_accounts table with some data
	 */
	fprintf(stderr, "creating tables...\n");

	executeStatement(con, "begin");
	executeStatement(con, "truncate pgbench_accounts");

	res = PQexec(con, "copy pgbench_accounts from stdin");
	if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COPY_IN)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}
	PQclear(res);

	for (i = 0; i < naccounts * scale; i++)
	{
		int			j = i + 1;

		snprintf(sql, 256, "%d\t%d\t%d\t \t%d\t \t%d\t \n", j, i / naccounts + 1, 0,0,0);
		if (PQputline(con, sql))
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "PQputline failed\n");
			exit(1);
		}

		if (j % 100000 == 0)
			fprintf(stderr, "%d tuples done.\n", j);
	}
	if (PQputline(con, "\\.\n"))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "very last PQputline failed\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	if (PQendcopy(con))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "PQendcopy failed\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	executeStatement(con, "commit");

	/* vacuum */
	if (!is_no_vacuum)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "vacuum...\n");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_branches");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_tellers");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_accounts");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_history");
	}

	/*
	 * create indexes
	 */
	fprintf(stderr, "set primary keys...\n");
	for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLAFTERs); i++)
	{
		char		buffer[256];

		strncpy(buffer, DDLAFTERs[i], 256);

		if (index_tablespace != NULL)
		{
			char	   *escape_tablespace;

			escape_tablespace = PQescapeIdentifier(con, index_tablespace,
												   strlen(index_tablespace));
			snprintf(buffer + strlen(buffer), 256 - strlen(buffer),
					 " using index tablespace %s", escape_tablespace);
			PQfreemem(escape_tablespace);
		}

		executeStatement(con, buffer);
	}

	/*
	 * create foreign keys
	 */
	if (foreign_keys)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "set foreign keys...\n");
		for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLKEYs); i++)
		{
			executeStatement(con, DDLKEYs[i]);
		}
	}


	fprintf(stderr, "done.\n");
	PQfinish(con);
}

/*
 * Parse the raw sql and replace :param to $n.
 */
static bool
parseQuery(Command *cmd, const char *raw_sql)
{
	char	   *sql,
			   *p;

	sql = xstrdup(raw_sql);
	cmd->argc = 1;

	p = sql;
	while ((p = strchr(p, ':')) != NULL)
	{
		char		var[12];
		char	   *name;
		int			eaten;

		name = parseVariable(p, &eaten);
		if (name == NULL)
		{
			while (*p == ':')
			{
				p++;
			}
			continue;
		}

		if (cmd->argc >= MAX_ARGS)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "statement has too many arguments (maximum is %d): %s\n", MAX_ARGS - 1, raw_sql);
			return false;
		}

		sprintf(var, "$%d", cmd->argc);
		p = replaceVariable(&sql, p, eaten, var);

		cmd->argv[cmd->argc] = name;
		cmd->argc++;
	}

	cmd->argv[0] = sql;
	return true;
}

/* Parse a command; return a Command struct, or NULL if it's a comment */
static Command *
process_commands(char *buf)
{
	const char	delim[] = " \f\n\r\t\v";

	Command    *my_commands;
	int			j;
	char	   *p,
			   *tok;

	/* Make the string buf end at the next newline */
	if ((p = strchr(buf, '\n')) != NULL)
		*p = '\0';

	/* Skip leading whitespace */
	p = buf;
	while (isspace((unsigned char) *p))
		p++;

	/* If the line is empty or actually a comment, we're done */
	if (*p == '\0' || strncmp(p, "--", 2) == 0)
		return NULL;

	/* Allocate and initialize Command structure */
	my_commands = (Command *) xmalloc(sizeof(Command));
	my_commands->line = xstrdup(buf);
	my_commands->command_num = num_commands++;
	my_commands->type = 0;		/* until set */
	my_commands->argc = 0;

	if (*p == '\\')
	{
		my_commands->type = META_COMMAND;

		j = 0;
		tok = strtok(++p, delim);

		while (tok != NULL)
		{
			my_commands->argv[j++] = xstrdup(tok);
			my_commands->argc++;
			tok = strtok(NULL, delim);
		}

		if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "setrandom") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 4)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			for (j = 4; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "set") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 3)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			for (j = my_commands->argc < 5 ? 3 : 5; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "sleep") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 2)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			/*
			 * Split argument into number and unit to allow "sleep 1ms" etc.
			 * We don't have to terminate the number argument with null
			 * because it will be parsed with atoi, which ignores trailing
			 * non-digit characters.
			 */
			if (my_commands->argv[1][0] != ':')
			{
				char	   *c = my_commands->argv[1];

				while (isdigit((unsigned char) *c))
					c++;
				if (*c)
				{
					my_commands->argv[2] = c;
					if (my_commands->argc < 3)
						my_commands->argc = 3;
				}
			}

			if (my_commands->argc >= 3)
			{
				if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "us") != 0 &&
					pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "ms") != 0 &&
					pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "s") != 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: unknown time unit '%s' - must be us, ms or s\n",
							my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[2]);
					exit(1);
				}
			}

			for (j = 3; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "setshell") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 3)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "shell") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 1)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing command\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Invalid command %s\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
			exit(1);
		}
	}
	else
	{
		my_commands->type = SQL_COMMAND;

		switch (querymode)
		{
			case QUERY_SIMPLE:
				my_commands->argv[0] = xstrdup(p);
				my_commands->argc++;
				break;
			case QUERY_EXTENDED:
			case QUERY_PREPARED:
				if (!parseQuery(my_commands, p))
					exit(1);
				break;
			default:
				exit(1);
		}
	}

	return my_commands;
}

static int
process_file(char *filename)
{
#define COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM 128

	Command   **my_commands;
	FILE	   *fd;
	int			lineno;
	char		buf[BUFSIZ];
	int			alloc_num;

	if (num_files >= MAX_FILES)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Up to only %d SQL files are allowed\n", MAX_FILES);
		exit(1);
	}

	alloc_num = COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
	my_commands = (Command **) xmalloc(sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);

	if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
		fd = stdin;
	else if ((fd = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", filename, strerror(errno));
		return false;
	}

	lineno = 0;

	while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fd) != NULL)
	{
		Command    *command;

		command = process_commands(buf);
		if (command == NULL)
			continue;

		my_commands[lineno] = command;
		lineno++;

		if (lineno >= alloc_num)
		{
			alloc_num += COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
			my_commands = xrealloc(my_commands, sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);
		}
	}
	fclose(fd);

	my_commands[lineno] = NULL;

	sql_files[num_files++] = my_commands;

	return true;
}

static Command **
process_builtin(char *tb)
{
#define COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM 128

	Command   **my_commands;
	int			lineno;
	char		buf[BUFSIZ];
	int			alloc_num;

	alloc_num = COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
	my_commands = (Command **) xmalloc(sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);

	lineno = 0;

	for (;;)
	{
		char	   *p;
		Command    *command;

		p = buf;
		while (*tb && *tb != '\n')
			*p++ = *tb++;

		if (*tb == '\0')
			break;

		if (*tb == '\n')
			tb++;

		*p = '\0';

		command = process_commands(buf);
		if (command == NULL)
			continue;

		my_commands[lineno] = command;
		lineno++;

		if (lineno >= alloc_num)
		{
			alloc_num += COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
			my_commands = xrealloc(my_commands, sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);
		}
	}

	my_commands[lineno] = NULL;

	return my_commands;
}

/* print out results */
static void
printResults(int ttype, int normal_xacts, int nclients,
			 TState *threads, int nthreads,
			 instr_time total_time, instr_time conn_total_time)
{
	double		time_include,
				tps_include,
				tps_exclude;
	char	   *s;

	time_include = INSTR_TIME_GET_DOUBLE(total_time);
	tps_include = normal_xacts / time_include;
	tps_exclude = normal_xacts / (time_include -
						(INSTR_TIME_GET_DOUBLE(conn_total_time) / nthreads));

	if (ttype == 0)
		s = "TPC-B (sort of)";
	else if (ttype == 2)
		s = "Update only pgbench_accounts";
	else if (ttype == 1)
		s = "SELECT only";
	else
		s = "Custom query";

	printf("transaction type: %s\n", s);
	printf("scaling factor: %d\n", scale);
	printf("query mode: %s\n", QUERYMODE[querymode]);
	printf("number of clients: %d\n", nclients);
	printf("number of threads: %d\n", nthreads);
	if (duration <= 0)
	{
		printf("number of transactions per client: %d\n", nxacts);
		printf("number of transactions actually processed: %d/%d\n",
			   normal_xacts, nxacts * nclients);
	}
	else
	{
		printf("duration: %d s\n", duration);
		printf("number of transactions actually processed: %d\n",
			   normal_xacts);
	}
	printf("tps = %f (including connections establishing)\n", tps_include);
	printf("tps = %f (excluding connections establishing)\n", tps_exclude);

	/* Report per-command latencies */
	if (is_latencies)
	{
		int			i;

		for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
		{
			Command   **commands;

			if (num_files > 1)
				printf("statement latencies in milliseconds, file %d:\n", i + 1);
			else
				printf("statement latencies in milliseconds:\n");

			for (commands = sql_files[i]; *commands != NULL; commands++)
			{
				Command    *command = *commands;
				int			cnum = command->command_num;
				double		total_time;
				instr_time	total_exec_elapsed;
				int			total_exec_count;
				int			t;

				/* Accumulate per-thread data for command */
				INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(total_exec_elapsed);
				total_exec_count = 0;
				for (t = 0; t < nthreads; t++)
				{
					TState	   *thread = &threads[t];

					INSTR_TIME_ADD(total_exec_elapsed,
								   thread->exec_elapsed[cnum]);
					total_exec_count += thread->exec_count[cnum];
				}

				if (total_exec_count > 0)
					total_time = INSTR_TIME_GET_MILLISEC(total_exec_elapsed) / (double) total_exec_count;
				else
					total_time = 0.0;

				printf("\t%f\t%s\n", total_time, command->line);
			}
		}
	}
}


int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
	int			c;
	int			nclients = 1;	/* default number of simulated clients */
	int			nthreads = 1;	/* default number of threads */
	int			is_init_mode = 0;		/* initialize mode? */
	int			is_no_vacuum = 0;		/* no vacuum at all before testing? */
	int			do_vacuum_accounts = 0; /* do vacuum accounts before testing? */
	int			ttype = 0;		/* transaction type. 0: TPC-B, 1: SELECT only,
								 * 2: skip update of branches and tellers */
	int			optindex;
	char	   *filename = NULL;
	bool		scale_given = false;

	CState	   *state;			/* status of clients */
	TState	   *threads;		/* array of thread */

	instr_time	start_time;		/* start up time */
	instr_time	total_time;
	instr_time	conn_total_time;
	int			total_xacts;

	int			i;

	static struct option long_options[] = {
		{"foreign-keys", no_argument, &foreign_keys, 1},
		{"index-tablespace", required_argument, NULL, 3},
		{"tablespace", required_argument, NULL, 2},
		{"unlogged-tables", no_argument, &unlogged_tables, 1},
		{NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
	};

#ifdef HAVE_GETRLIMIT
	struct rlimit rlim;
#endif

	PGconn	   *con;
	PGresult   *res;
	char	   *env;

	char		val[64];

	progname = get_progname(argv[0]);

	if (argc > 1)
	{
		if (strcmp(argv[1], "--help") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "-?") == 0)
		{
			usage();
			exit(0);
		}
		if (strcmp(argv[1], "--version") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "-V") == 0)
		{
			puts("pgbench (PostgreSQL) " PG_VERSION);
			exit(0);
		}
	}

#ifdef WIN32
	/* stderr is buffered on Win32. */
	setvbuf(stderr, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
#endif

	if ((env = getenv("PGHOST")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		pghost = env;
	if ((env = getenv("PGPORT")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		pgport = env;
	else if ((env = getenv("PGUSER")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		login = env;

	state = (CState *) xmalloc(sizeof(CState));
	memset(state, 0, sizeof(CState));

	while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "ih:nvp:dSNc:j:Crs:t:T:U:lf:D:F:M:", long_options, &optindex)) != -1)
	{
		switch (c)
		{
			case 'i':
				is_init_mode++;
				break;
			case 'h':
				pghost = optarg;
				break;
			case 'n':
				is_no_vacuum++;
				break;
			case 'v':
				do_vacuum_accounts++;
				break;
			case 'p':
				pgport = optarg;
				break;
			case 'd':
				debug++;
				break;
			case 'S':
				ttype = 1;
				break;
			case 'N':
				ttype = 2;
				break;
			case 'c':
				nclients = atoi(optarg);
				if (nclients <= 0 || nclients > MAXCLIENTS)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of clients: %d\n", nclients);
					exit(1);
				}
#ifdef HAVE_GETRLIMIT
#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE			/* most platforms use RLIMIT_NOFILE */
				if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim) == -1)
#else							/* but BSD doesn't ... */
				if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_OFILE, &rlim) == -1)
#endif   /* RLIMIT_NOFILE */
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "getrlimit failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
					exit(1);
				}
				if (rlim.rlim_cur <= (nclients + 2))
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "You need at least %d open files but you are only allowed to use %ld.\n", nclients + 2, (long) rlim.rlim_cur);
					fprintf(stderr, "Use limit/ulimit to increase the limit before using pgbench.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
#endif   /* HAVE_GETRLIMIT */
				break;
			case 'j':			/* jobs */
				nthreads = atoi(optarg);
				if (nthreads <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of threads: %d\n", nthreads);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'C':
				is_connect = true;
				break;
			case 'r':
				is_latencies = true;
				break;
			case 's':
				scale_given = true;
				scale = atoi(optarg);
				if (scale <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid scaling factor: %d\n", scale);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 't':
				if (duration > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "specify either a number of transactions (-t) or a duration (-T), not both.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				nxacts = atoi(optarg);
				if (nxacts <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of transactions: %d\n", nxacts);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'T':
				if (nxacts > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "specify either a number of transactions (-t) or a duration (-T), not both.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				duration = atoi(optarg);
				if (duration <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid duration: %d\n", duration);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'U':
				login = optarg;
				break;
			case 'l':
				use_log = true;
				break;
			case 'f':
				ttype = 3;
				filename = optarg;
				if (process_file(filename) == false || *sql_files[num_files - 1] == NULL)
					exit(1);
				break;
			case 'D':
				{
					char	   *p;

					if ((p = strchr(optarg, '=')) == NULL || p == optarg || *(p + 1) == '\0')
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "invalid variable definition: %s\n", optarg);
						exit(1);
					}

					*p++ = '\0';
					if (!putVariable(&state[0], "option", optarg, p))
						exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'F':
				fillfactor = atoi(optarg);
				if ((fillfactor < 10) || (fillfactor > 100))
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid fillfactor: %d\n", fillfactor);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'M':
				if (num_files > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "query mode (-M) should be specifiled before transaction scripts (-f)\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				for (querymode = 0; querymode < NUM_QUERYMODE; querymode++)
					if (strcmp(optarg, QUERYMODE[querymode]) == 0)
						break;
				if (querymode >= NUM_QUERYMODE)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid query mode (-M): %s\n", optarg);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 0:
				/* This covers long options which take no argument. */
				break;
			case 2:				/* tablespace */
				tablespace = optarg;
				break;
			case 3:				/* index-tablespace */
				index_tablespace = optarg;
				break;
			default:
				fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
				exit(1);
				break;
		}
	}

	if (argc > optind)
		dbName = argv[optind];
	else
	{
		if ((env = getenv("PGDATABASE")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
			dbName = env;
		else if (login != NULL && *login != '\0')
			dbName = login;
		else
			dbName = "";
	}

	if (is_init_mode)
	{
		init(is_no_vacuum);
		exit(0);
	}

	/* Use DEFAULT_NXACTS if neither nxacts nor duration is specified. */
	if (nxacts <= 0 && duration <= 0)
		nxacts = DEFAULT_NXACTS;

	if (nclients % nthreads != 0)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "number of clients (%d) must be a multiple of number of threads (%d)\n", nclients, nthreads);
		exit(1);
	}

	/*
	 * is_latencies only works with multiple threads in thread-based
	 * implementations, not fork-based ones, because it supposes that the
	 * parent can see changes made to the per-thread execution stats by child
	 * threads.  It seems useful enough to accept despite this limitation, but
	 * perhaps we should FIXME someday (by passing the stats data back up
	 * through the parent-to-child pipes).
	 */
#ifndef ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY
	if (is_latencies && nthreads > 1)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "-r does not work with -j larger than 1 on this platform.\n");
		exit(1);
	}
#endif

	/*
	 * save main process id in the global variable because process id will be
	 * changed after fork.
	 */
	main_pid = (int) getpid();

	if (nclients > 1)
	{
		state = (CState *) xrealloc(state, sizeof(CState) * nclients);
		memset(state + 1, 0, sizeof(CState) * (nclients - 1));

		/* copy any -D switch values to all clients */
		for (i = 1; i < nclients; i++)
		{
			int			j;

			state[i].id = i;
			for (j = 0; j < state[0].nvariables; j++)
			{
				if (!putVariable(&state[i], "startup", state[0].variables[j].name, state[0].variables[j].value))
					exit(1);
			}
		}
	}

	if (debug)
	{
		if (duration <= 0)
			printf("pghost: %s pgport: %s nclients: %d nxacts: %d dbName: %s\n",
				   pghost, pgport, nclients, nxacts, dbName);
		else
			printf("pghost: %s pgport: %s nclients: %d duration: %d dbName: %s\n",
				   pghost, pgport, nclients, duration, dbName);
	}

	/* opening connection... */
	con = doConnect();
	if (con == NULL)
		exit(1);

	if (PQstatus(con) == CONNECTION_BAD)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", dbName);
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}

	if (ttype != 3)
	{
		/*
		 * get the scaling factor that should be same as count(*) from
		 * pgbench_branches if this is not a custom query
		 */
		res = PQexec(con, "select count(*) from pgbench_branches");
		if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
			exit(1);
		}
		scale = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, 0));
		if (scale < 0)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "count(*) from pgbench_branches invalid (%d)\n", scale);
			exit(1);
		}
		PQclear(res);

		/* warn if we override user-given -s switch */
		if (scale_given)
			fprintf(stderr,
			"Scale option ignored, using pgbench_branches table count = %d\n",
					scale);
	}

	/*
	 * :scale variables normally get -s or database scale, but don't override
	 * an explicit -D switch
	 */
	if (getVariable(&state[0], "scale") == NULL)
	{
		snprintf(val, sizeof(val), "%d", scale);
		for (i = 0; i < nclients; i++)
		{
			if (!putVariable(&state[i], "startup", "scale", val))
				exit(1);
		}
	}

	if (!is_no_vacuum)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "starting vacuum...");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum pgbench_branches");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum pgbench_tellers");
		executeStatement(con, "truncate pgbench_history");
		fprintf(stderr, "end.\n");

		if (do_vacuum_accounts)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "starting vacuum pgbench_accounts...");
			executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_accounts");
			fprintf(stderr, "end.\n");
		}
	}
	PQfinish(con);

	/* set random seed */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start_time);
	srandom((unsigned int) INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(start_time));

	/* process builtin SQL scripts */
	switch (ttype)
	{
		case 0:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(tpc_b);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		case 1:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(select_only);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		case 2:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(simple_update);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		default:
			break;
	}

	/* set up thread data structures */
	threads = (TState *) xmalloc(sizeof(TState) * nthreads);
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		TState	   *thread = &threads[i];

		thread->tid = i;
		thread->state = &state[nclients / nthreads * i];
		thread->nstate = nclients / nthreads;
		thread->random_state[0] = random();
		thread->random_state[1] = random();
		thread->random_state[2] = random();

		if (is_latencies)
		{
			/* Reserve memory for the thread to store per-command latencies */
			int			t;

			thread->exec_elapsed = (instr_time *)
				xmalloc(sizeof(instr_time) * num_commands);
			thread->exec_count = (int *)
				xmalloc(sizeof(int) * num_commands);

			for (t = 0; t < num_commands; t++)
			{
				INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(thread->exec_elapsed[t]);
				thread->exec_count[t] = 0;
			}
		}
		else
		{
			thread->exec_elapsed = NULL;
			thread->exec_count = NULL;
		}
	}

	/* get start up time */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start_time);

	/* set alarm if duration is specified. */
	if (duration > 0)
		setalarm(duration);

	/* start threads */
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		TState	   *thread = &threads[i];

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(thread->start_time);

		/* the first thread (i = 0) is executed by main thread */
		if (i > 0)
		{
			int			err = pthread_create(&thread->thread, NULL, threadRun, thread);

			if (err != 0 || thread->thread == INVALID_THREAD)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "cannot create thread: %s\n", strerror(err));
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else
		{
			thread->thread = INVALID_THREAD;
		}
	}

	/* wait for threads and accumulate results */
	total_xacts = 0;
	INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(conn_total_time);
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		void	   *ret = NULL;

		if (threads[i].thread == INVALID_THREAD)
			ret = threadRun(&threads[i]);
		else
			pthread_join(threads[i].thread, &ret);

		if (ret != NULL)
		{
			TResult    *r = (TResult *) ret;

			total_xacts += r->xacts;
			INSTR_TIME_ADD(conn_total_time, r->conn_time);
			free(ret);
		}
	}
	disconnect_all(state, nclients);

	/* get end time */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(total_time);
	INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(total_time, start_time);
	printResults(ttype, total_xacts, nclients, threads, nthreads,
				 total_time, conn_total_time);

	return 0;
}

static void *
threadRun(void *arg)
{
	TState	   *thread = (TState *) arg;
	CState	   *state = thread->state;
	TResult    *result;
	FILE	   *logfile = NULL; /* per-thread log file */
	instr_time	start,
				end;
	int			nstate = thread->nstate;
	int			remains = nstate;		/* number of remaining clients */
	int			i;

	result = xmalloc(sizeof(TResult));
	INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(result->conn_time);

	/* open log file if requested */
	if (use_log)
	{
		char		logpath[64];

		if (thread->tid == 0)
			snprintf(logpath, sizeof(logpath), "pgbench_log.%d", main_pid);
		else
			snprintf(logpath, sizeof(logpath), "pgbench_log.%d.%d", main_pid, thread->tid);
		logfile = fopen(logpath, "w");

		if (logfile == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Couldn't open logfile \"%s\": %s", logpath, strerror(errno));
			goto done;
		}
	}

	if (!is_connect)
	{
		/* make connections to the database */
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			if ((state[i].con = doConnect()) == NULL)
				goto done;
		}
	}

	/* time after thread and connections set up */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(result->conn_time);
	INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(result->conn_time, thread->start_time);

	/* send start up queries in async manner */
	for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
	{
		CState	   *st = &state[i];
		Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
		int			prev_ecnt = st->ecnt;

		st->use_file = getrand(thread, 0, num_files - 1);
		if (!doCustom(thread, st, &result->conn_time, logfile))
			remains--;			/* I've aborted */

		if (st->ecnt > prev_ecnt && commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Execution meta-command failed.\n", i, st->state);
			remains--;			/* I've aborted */
			PQfinish(st->con);
			st->con = NULL;
		}
	}

	while (remains > 0)
	{
		fd_set		input_mask;
		int			maxsock;	/* max socket number to be waited */
		int64		now_usec = 0;
		int64		min_usec;

		FD_ZERO(&input_mask);

		maxsock = -1;
		min_usec = INT64_MAX;
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			CState	   *st = &state[i];
			Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
			int			sock;

			if (st->sleeping)
			{
				int			this_usec;

				if (min_usec == INT64_MAX)
				{
					instr_time	now;

					INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
					now_usec = INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now);
				}

				this_usec = st->until - now_usec;
				if (min_usec > this_usec)
					min_usec = this_usec;
			}
			else if (st->con == NULL)
			{
				continue;
			}
			else if (commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
			{
				min_usec = 0;	/* the connection is ready to run */
				break;
			}

			sock = PQsocket(st->con);
			if (sock < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "bad socket: %s\n", strerror(errno));
				goto done;
			}

			FD_SET(sock, &input_mask);

			if (maxsock < sock)
				maxsock = sock;
		}

		if (min_usec > 0 && maxsock != -1)
		{
			int			nsocks; /* return from select(2) */

			if (min_usec != INT64_MAX)
			{
				struct timeval timeout;

				timeout.tv_sec = min_usec / 1000000;
				timeout.tv_usec = min_usec % 1000000;
				nsocks = select(maxsock + 1, &input_mask, NULL, NULL, &timeout);
			}
			else
				nsocks = select(maxsock + 1, &input_mask, NULL, NULL, NULL);
			if (nsocks < 0)
			{
				if (errno == EINTR)
					continue;
				/* must be something wrong */
				fprintf(stderr, "select failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
				goto done;
			}
		}

		/* ok, backend returns reply */
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			CState	   *st = &state[i];
			Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
			int			prev_ecnt = st->ecnt;

			if (st->con && (FD_ISSET(PQsocket(st->con), &input_mask)
							|| commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND))
			{
				if (!doCustom(thread, st, &result->conn_time, logfile))
					remains--;	/* I've aborted */
			}

			if (st->ecnt > prev_ecnt && commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Execution of meta-command failed.\n", i, st->state);
				remains--;		/* I've aborted */
				PQfinish(st->con);
				st->con = NULL;
			}
		}
	}

done:
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start);
	disconnect_all(state, nstate);
	result->xacts = 0;
	for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		result->xacts += state[i].cnt;
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(end);
	INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(result->conn_time, end, start);
	if (logfile)
		fclose(logfile);
	return result;
}


/*
 * Support for duration option: set timer_exceeded after so many seconds.
 */

#ifndef WIN32

static void
handle_sig_alarm(SIGNAL_ARGS)
{
	timer_exceeded = true;
}

static void
setalarm(int seconds)
{
	pqsignal(SIGALRM, handle_sig_alarm);
	alarm(seconds);
}

#ifndef ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY

/*
 * implements pthread using fork.
 */

typedef struct fork_pthread
{
	pid_t		pid;
	int			pipes[2];
}	fork_pthread;

static int
pthread_create(pthread_t *thread,
			   pthread_attr_t *attr,
			   void *(*start_routine) (void *),
			   void *arg)
{
	fork_pthread *th;
	void	   *ret;

	th = (fork_pthread *) xmalloc(sizeof(fork_pthread));
	if (pipe(th->pipes) < 0)
	{
		free(th);
		return errno;
	}

	th->pid = fork();
	if (th->pid == -1)			/* error */
	{
		free(th);
		return errno;
	}
	if (th->pid != 0)			/* in parent process */
	{
		close(th->pipes[1]);
		*thread = th;
		return 0;
	}

	/* in child process */
	close(th->pipes[0]);

	/* set alarm again because the child does not inherit timers */
	if (duration > 0)
		setalarm(duration);

	ret = start_routine(arg);
	write(th->pipes[1], ret, sizeof(TResult));
	close(th->pipes[1]);
	free(th);
	exit(0);
}

static int
pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return)
{
	int			status;

	while (waitpid(th->pid, &status, 0) != th->pid)
	{
		if (errno != EINTR)
			return errno;
	}

	if (thread_return != NULL)
	{
		/* assume result is TResult */
		*thread_return = xmalloc(sizeof(TResult));
		if (read(th->pipes[0], *thread_return, sizeof(TResult)) != sizeof(TResult))
		{
			free(*thread_return);
			*thread_return = NULL;
		}
	}
	close(th->pipes[0]);

	free(th);
	return 0;
}
#endif
#else							/* WIN32 */

static VOID CALLBACK
win32_timer_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired)
{
	timer_exceeded = true;
}

static void
setalarm(int seconds)
{
	HANDLE		queue;
	HANDLE		timer;

	/* This function will be called at most once, so we can cheat a bit. */
	queue = CreateTimerQueue();
	if (seconds > ((DWORD) -1) / 1000 ||
		!CreateTimerQueueTimer(&timer, queue,
							   win32_timer_callback, NULL, seconds * 1000, 0,
							   WT_EXECUTEINTIMERTHREAD | WT_EXECUTEONLYONCE))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Failed to set timer\n");
		exit(1);
	}
}

/* partial pthread implementation for Windows */

typedef struct win32_pthread
{
	HANDLE		handle;
	void	   *(*routine) (void *);
	void	   *arg;
	void	   *result;
} win32_pthread;

static unsigned __stdcall
win32_pthread_run(void *arg)
{
	win32_pthread *th = (win32_pthread *) arg;

	th->result = th->routine(th->arg);

	return 0;
}

static int
pthread_create(pthread_t *thread,
			   pthread_attr_t *attr,
			   void *(*start_routine) (void *),
			   void *arg)
{
	int			save_errno;
	win32_pthread *th;

	th = (win32_pthread *) xmalloc(sizeof(win32_pthread));
	th->routine = start_routine;
	th->arg = arg;
	th->result = NULL;

	th->handle = (HANDLE) _beginthreadex(NULL, 0, win32_pthread_run, th, 0, NULL);
	if (th->handle == NULL)
	{
		save_errno = errno;
		free(th);
		return save_errno;
	}

	*thread = th;
	return 0;
}

static int
pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return)
{
	if (th == NULL || th->handle == NULL)
		return errno = EINVAL;

	if (WaitForSingleObject(th->handle, INFINITE) != WAIT_OBJECT_0)
	{
		_dosmaperr(GetLastError());
		return errno;
	}

	if (thread_return)
		*thread_return = th->result;

	CloseHandle(th->handle);
	free(th);
	return 0;
}

#endif   /* WIN32 */
modified_pgbench.htmtext/html; name=modified_pgbench.htmDownload
wal_update_changes2.patchapplication/octet-stream; name=wal_update_changes2.patchDownload
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
index 034dfe5..ea5baca 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
@@ -618,6 +618,419 @@ heap_copytuple_with_tuple(HeapTuple src, HeapTuple dest)
 }
 
 /*
+ * get_tuple_info - Gets the tuple offset and value.
+ *
+ * calculates the attribute value and offset, where the attribute ends in the
+ * tuple based on the attribute number and previous fetched attribute info.
+ *
+ * offset (I/P and O/P variable) - Input as end of previous attribute offset
+ *		and incase if it is a first attribute then it's value is zero.
+ *		Output as end of the current attribute in the tuple.
+ * usecacheoff (I/P and O/P variable) - Attribute cacheoff can be used or not.
+ */
+static void
+get_tuple_info(Form_pg_attribute *att, HeapTuple tuple, bits8 *bp,
+			   bool hasnulls, int attnum, Datum *value, uint16 *offset,
+			   bool *usecacheoff)
+{
+	Form_pg_attribute thisatt = att[attnum];
+	uint16		off = *offset;
+	bool		slow = *usecacheoff;
+	char	   *tp;
+	HeapTupleHeader tup = tuple->t_data;
+
+	tp = (char *) tup + tup->t_hoff;
+
+	if (hasnulls && att_isnull(attnum, bp))
+	{
+		slow = true;			/* can't use attcacheoff anymore */
+		*offset = off;
+		*usecacheoff = slow;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!slow && thisatt->attcacheoff >= 0)
+		off = thisatt->attcacheoff;
+	else if (thisatt->attlen == -1)
+	{
+		/*
+		 * We can only cache the offset for a varlena attribute if the offset
+		 * is already suitably aligned, so that there would be no pad bytes in
+		 * any case: then the offset will be valid for either an aligned or
+		 * unaligned value.
+		 */
+		if (!slow &&
+			off == att_align_nominal(off, thisatt->attalign))
+			thisatt->attcacheoff = off;
+		else
+		{
+			off = att_align_pointer(off, thisatt->attalign, -1,
+									tp + off);
+			slow = true;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* not varlena, so safe to use att_align_nominal */
+		off = att_align_nominal(off, thisatt->attalign);
+
+		if (!slow)
+			thisatt->attcacheoff = off;
+	}
+
+	*value = fetchatt(thisatt, tp + off);
+
+	off = att_addlength_pointer(off, thisatt->attlen, tp + off);
+
+	if (thisatt->attlen <= 0)
+		slow = true;			/* can't use attcacheoff anymore */
+
+	*offset = off;
+	*usecacheoff = slow;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * encode_xlog_update
+ *		Forms a diff tuple from old and new tuple with the modified columns.
+ *
+ *		att - attribute list.
+ *		oldtup - pointer to the old tuple.
+ *		heaptup - pointer to the modified tuple.
+ *		wal_tup - pointer to the wal record which needs to be formed from old
+				  and new tuples by using the modified columns list.
+ *		modifiedCols - modified columns list by the update command.
+ */
+void
+encode_xlog_update(Form_pg_attribute *att, HeapTuple oldtup,
+				   HeapTuple heaptup, HeapTuple wal_tup,
+				   Bitmapset *modifiedCols)
+{
+	int			numberOfAttributes;
+	uint16		cur_offset = 0,
+				prev_offset = 0,
+				offset = 0;
+	int			attnum;
+	HeapTupleHeader newtuphdr = heaptup->t_data;
+	bits8	   *new_bp = newtuphdr->t_bits,
+			   *old_bp = oldtup->t_data->t_bits;
+	bool		old_hasnulls = HeapTupleHasNulls(oldtup);
+	bool		new_hasnulls = HeapTupleHasNulls(heaptup);
+	bool		cur_usecacheoff = false,
+				prev_usecacheoff = false;
+	Datum		cur_value,
+				prev_value;
+	uint16		data_length;
+	bool		check_for_padding = false;
+	char	   *data;
+	uint16		wal_offset = 0;
+
+	numberOfAttributes = HeapTupleHeaderGetNatts(newtuphdr);
+
+	data = (char *) wal_tup->t_data;
+	wal_offset = newtuphdr->t_hoff;
+
+	/* Copy the tuple header to the WAL tuple */
+	memcpy(data, heaptup->t_data, wal_offset);
+
+	for (attnum = 0; attnum < numberOfAttributes; attnum++)
+	{
+		/*
+		 * If the attribute is modified by the update operation, store the
+		 * appropiate offsets in the WAL record, otherwise skip to the next
+		 * attribute.
+		 */
+		if (bms_is_member((attnum + 1) - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
+						  modifiedCols))
+		{
+			check_for_padding = true;
+
+			/*
+			 * calculate the offset where the modified attribute starts in the
+			 * old tuple used to store in the WAL record, this will be used to
+			 * traverse the old tuple during recovery.
+			 */
+			if (prev_offset)
+			{
+				*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_COPY;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+				wal_offset = SHORTALIGN(wal_offset);
+
+				*(uint16 *) (data + wal_offset) = prev_offset;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint16);
+			}
+
+			/* calculate the old tuple field length which needs to ignored */
+			offset = prev_offset;
+			get_tuple_info(att, oldtup, old_bp, old_hasnulls, attnum,
+						   &prev_value, &prev_offset, &prev_usecacheoff);
+
+			data_length = prev_offset - offset;
+
+			if (data_length)
+			{
+				*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_IGN;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+				wal_offset = SHORTALIGN(wal_offset);
+
+				*(uint16 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint16);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * calculate the new tuple field start position to check whether
+			 * any padding is required or not.
+			 */
+			offset = cur_offset;
+			cur_offset = att_align_pointer(cur_offset,
+								  att[attnum]->attalign, att[attnum]->attlen,
+						(char *) newtuphdr + newtuphdr->t_hoff + cur_offset);
+
+			data_length = cur_offset - offset;
+
+			/*
+			 * The above calculation is required to identify, that any
+			 * alignment is required or not. And the padding command is added
+			 * only incase of that the data is not NULL. which is done at
+			 * below.
+			 */
+
+			offset = cur_offset;
+			get_tuple_info(att, heaptup, new_bp, new_hasnulls, attnum,
+						   &cur_value, &cur_offset, &cur_usecacheoff);
+
+			/* if the new tuple data is null then nothing is required to add */
+			if (new_hasnulls && att_isnull(attnum, new_bp))
+			{
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* Add the padding if requires as the data is not NULL */
+			if (data_length)
+			{
+				*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_PAD;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+				*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+			}
+
+			/* get the attribute value and end offset for same */
+			*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_ADD;
+			wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+			wal_offset = SHORTALIGN(wal_offset);
+
+			data_length = cur_offset - offset;
+			*(uint16 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+			wal_offset += sizeof(uint16);
+
+			if (att[attnum]->attbyval)
+			{
+				/* pass-by-value */
+
+				/*
+				 * FIXME: Need to check while data copy, alignment is
+				 * required?
+				 */
+				store_att_byval((data + wal_offset),
+								cur_value,
+								att[attnum]->attlen);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				memcpy((data + wal_offset),
+					   DatumGetPointer(cur_value),
+					   data_length);
+			}
+
+			wal_offset += data_length;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/*
+			 * padding is required if the previous field is modified, so check
+			 * whether padding is required or not.
+			 */
+			if (check_for_padding)
+			{
+				check_for_padding = false;
+
+				/*
+				 * calculate the old tuple field start position, required to
+				 * ignore if any alignmet is present.
+				 */
+				offset = prev_offset;
+				prev_offset = att_align_pointer(prev_offset,
+								  att[attnum]->attalign, att[attnum]->attlen,
+												(char *) oldtup->t_data + oldtup->t_data->t_hoff + prev_offset);
+
+				data_length = prev_offset - offset;
+
+				if (data_length)
+				{
+					*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_IGN;
+					wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+					wal_offset = SHORTALIGN(wal_offset);
+
+					*(uint16 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+					wal_offset += sizeof(uint16);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 * calculate the new tuple field start position to check
+				 * whether any padding is required or not because field
+				 * alignment.
+				 */
+				offset = cur_offset;
+				cur_offset = att_align_pointer(cur_offset,
+								  att[attnum]->attalign, att[attnum]->attlen,
+						(char *) newtuphdr + newtuphdr->t_hoff + cur_offset);
+
+				data_length = cur_offset - offset;
+
+				if (data_length)
+				{
+					*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_PAD;
+					wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+					*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+					wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+				}
+			}
+
+			get_tuple_info(att, oldtup, old_bp, old_hasnulls, attnum,
+						   &prev_value, &prev_offset, &prev_usecacheoff);
+
+			get_tuple_info(att, heaptup, new_bp, new_hasnulls, attnum,
+						   &cur_value, &cur_offset, &cur_usecacheoff);
+		}
+	}
+
+	wal_tup->t_len = wal_offset;
+	wal_tup->t_self = heaptup->t_self;
+	wal_tup->t_tableOid = heaptup->t_tableOid;
+}
+
+/*
+ * decode_xlog_update
+ *		deforms a diff tuple and forms the new tuple with the help of old tuple.
+ *
+ * The WAL record data is in the format as below
+ *
+ *	COPY + offset until copy required
+ *	IGN + length needs to be ignored from the old tuple.
+ *	PAD + length needs to padded with zero in new tuple.
+ *	ADD + length of data + data which is modified.
+ *
+ * For the COPY command, copy the specified length from old tuple.
+ *
+ * Once the old tuple data copied, then increase the offset by the
+ * copied length.
+ *
+ * For the IGN command, ignore the specified length in the old tuple.
+ *
+ * For the PAD command, fill with zeros of the specified length in
+ * the new tuple.
+ *
+ * For the ADD command, copy the corresponding length of data from WAL
+ * record to the new tuple.
+ *
+ * Repeat this procedure until the WAL record reaches the end.
+ *
+ * If any remaining left out old tuple data will be copied at last.
+ *
+ *	htup - old tuple data pointer from which new tuple needs to be formed.
+ *	old_tup_len - old tuple length.
+ *	data - pointer to the new tuple which needs to be framed.
+ *	new_tup_len - output of new tuple data length.
+ *	waldata - wal record pointer from which the new tuple needs to formed.
+ *	wal_len - wal record length.
+ */
+void
+decode_xlog_update(HeapTupleHeader htup, uint32 old_tup_len, char *data,
+				   uint32 *new_tup_len, char *waldata, uint32 wal_len)
+{
+	uint8		command;
+	uint16		len = 0,
+				data_length,
+				prev_offset = 0,
+				cur_offset = 0;
+	char	   *olddata = (char *) htup + htup->t_hoff;
+
+	/*
+	 * Frame the new tuple from old tuple and WAL record
+	 */
+	len = 0;
+
+	/* Frame the new tuple from the old and WAL tuples */
+	while (len < wal_len)
+	{
+		command = *(uint8 *) (waldata + len);
+		len += sizeof(uint8);
+
+		switch (command)
+		{
+			case HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_COPY:
+				len = SHORTALIGN(len);
+				data_length = *(uint16 *) (waldata + len) - prev_offset;
+
+				/* Copy the old tuple data */
+				memcpy((data + cur_offset),
+					   (olddata + prev_offset),
+					   data_length);
+				cur_offset += data_length;
+				prev_offset += data_length;
+
+				len += sizeof(uint16);
+				break;
+			case HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_ADD:
+				len = SHORTALIGN(len);
+				data_length = *(uint16 *) (waldata + len);
+				len += sizeof(uint16);
+
+				/* Copy the modified attribute data from WAL record */
+				memcpy((data + cur_offset), (waldata + len), data_length);
+				cur_offset += data_length;
+				len += data_length;
+				break;
+			case HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_IGN:
+				len = SHORTALIGN(len);
+				data_length = *(uint16 *) (waldata + len);
+
+				/* Skip the oldtuple with data length in the WAL record */
+				prev_offset += data_length;
+				len += sizeof(uint16);
+				break;
+			case HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_PAD:
+				data_length = *(uint8 *) (waldata + len);
+				cur_offset += data_length;
+				len += sizeof(uint8);
+				break;
+			default:
+				Assert(0);
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Copy the remaining old tuple data to the new tuple */
+	if (prev_offset < old_tup_len)
+	{
+		memcpy((data + cur_offset),
+			   (olddata + prev_offset),
+			   (old_tup_len - prev_offset));
+		cur_offset += (old_tup_len - prev_offset);
+	}
+
+	*new_tup_len = cur_offset
+		+ (htup->t_hoff - offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits));
+}
+
+
+/*
  * heap_form_tuple
  *		construct a tuple from the given values[] and isnull[] arrays,
  *		which are of the length indicated by tupleDescriptor->natts
diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
index f28026b..83af4a1 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
@@ -70,7 +70,6 @@
 #include "utils/syscache.h"
 #include "utils/tqual.h"
 
-
 /* GUC variable */
 bool		synchronize_seqscans = true;
 
@@ -84,7 +83,8 @@ static HeapTuple heap_prepare_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup,
 					TransactionId xid, CommandId cid, int options);
 static XLogRecPtr log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf,
 				ItemPointerData from, Buffer newbuf, HeapTuple newtup,
-				bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared);
+				bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared,
+				bool diff_update);
 static bool HeapSatisfiesHOTUpdate(Relation relation, Bitmapset *hot_attrs,
 					   HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup);
 
@@ -2686,6 +2686,7 @@ simple_heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid)
  *	cid - update command ID (used for visibility test, and stored into
  *		cmax/cmin if successful)
  *	crosscheck - if not InvalidSnapshot, also check old tuple against this
+ *	modifiedCols - the modified column list of the update command.
  *	wait - true if should wait for any conflicting update to commit/abort
  *
  * Normal, successful return value is HeapTupleMayBeUpdated, which
@@ -2707,7 +2708,8 @@ simple_heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid)
 HTSU_Result
 heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup,
 			ItemPointer ctid, TransactionId *update_xmax,
-			CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, bool wait)
+			CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
+			bool wait)
 {
 	HTSU_Result result;
 	TransactionId xid = GetCurrentTransactionId();
@@ -2715,6 +2717,7 @@ heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup,
 	ItemId		lp;
 	HeapTupleData oldtup;
 	HeapTuple	heaptup;
+	HeapTupleData wal_tup;
 	Page		page;
 	BlockNumber block;
 	Buffer		buffer,
@@ -2730,6 +2733,11 @@ heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup,
 	bool		use_hot_update = false;
 	bool		all_visible_cleared = false;
 	bool		all_visible_cleared_new = false;
+	struct
+	{
+		HeapTupleHeaderData hdr;
+		char		data[MaxHeapTupleSize];
+	}			tbuf;
 
 	Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(otid));
 
@@ -3173,10 +3181,32 @@ l2:
 	/* XLOG stuff */
 	if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation))
 	{
-		XLogRecPtr	recptr = log_heap_update(relation, buffer, oldtup.t_self,
-											 newbuf, heaptup,
-											 all_visible_cleared,
-											 all_visible_cleared_new);
+		XLogRecPtr	recptr;
+
+		/*
+		 * if the update is a hot update or fullPageWrites configuration
+		 * parameter is ON then apply the diff update algorithm.
+		 */
+		if (modifiedCols && fullPageWrites)
+		{
+			wal_tup.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) &tbuf;
+			encode_xlog_update(relation->rd_att->attrs, &oldtup, heaptup,
+							   &wal_tup, modifiedCols);
+
+			recptr = log_heap_update(relation, buffer, oldtup.t_self,
+									 newbuf, &wal_tup,
+									 all_visible_cleared,
+									 all_visible_cleared_new,
+									 true);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			recptr = log_heap_update(relation, buffer, oldtup.t_self,
+									 newbuf, heaptup,
+									 all_visible_cleared,
+									 all_visible_cleared_new,
+									 false);
+		}
 
 		if (newbuf != buffer)
 		{
@@ -3363,6 +3393,7 @@ simple_heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple tup)
 	result = heap_update(relation, otid, tup,
 						 &update_ctid, &update_xmax,
 						 GetCurrentCommandId(true), InvalidSnapshot,
+						 NULL,
 						 true /* wait for commit */ );
 	switch (result)
 	{
@@ -4407,7 +4438,8 @@ log_heap_visible(RelFileNode rnode, BlockNumber block, Buffer vm_buffer,
 static XLogRecPtr
 log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf, ItemPointerData from,
 				Buffer newbuf, HeapTuple newtup,
-				bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared)
+				bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared,
+				bool diff_update)
 {
 	xl_heap_update xlrec;
 	xl_heap_header xlhdr;
@@ -4426,9 +4458,15 @@ log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf, ItemPointerData from,
 
 	xlrec.target.node = reln->rd_node;
 	xlrec.target.tid = from;
-	xlrec.all_visible_cleared = all_visible_cleared;
+	xlrec.diff_update = diff_update;
 	xlrec.newtid = newtup->t_self;
-	xlrec.new_all_visible_cleared = new_all_visible_cleared;
+
+	/*
+	 * MSB 4 bits tells PD_ALL_VISIBLE was cleared of new page and rest 4 bits
+	 * for the old page
+	 */
+	xlrec.new_all_visible_cleared |= all_visible_cleared;
+	xlrec.new_all_visible_cleared |= new_all_visible_cleared << 4;
 
 	rdata[0].data = (char *) &xlrec;
 	rdata[0].len = SizeOfHeapUpdate;
@@ -5217,14 +5255,20 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 	}			tbuf;
 	xl_heap_header xlhdr;
 	int			hsize;
-	uint32		newlen;
+	uint32		new_tup_len = 0;
 	Size		freespace;
+	bool		old_tup_modify = true;	/* flag used to indicate, whether old
+										 * tuple needs the modification or not */
+
+	/* Initialize the buffer, used to frame the new tuple */
+	MemSet((char *) &tbuf.hdr, 0, sizeof(HeapTupleHeaderData));
+	hsize = SizeOfHeapUpdate + SizeOfHeapHeader;
 
 	/*
 	 * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is
 	 * already up-to-date.
 	 */
-	if (xlrec->all_visible_cleared)
+	if (xlrec->new_all_visible_cleared & 0x0F)
 	{
 		Relation	reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(xlrec->target.node);
 		BlockNumber block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&xlrec->target.tid);
@@ -5240,16 +5284,32 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 	{
 		if (samepage)
 			return;				/* backup block covered both changes */
-		goto newt;
+
+		/* Need the old page to read the old tuple data, no update required */
+		if (!xlrec->diff_update)
+			goto newt;
+
+		old_tup_modify = false;
 	}
 
 	/* Deal with old tuple version */
-
 	buffer = XLogReadBuffer(xlrec->target.node,
 							ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
 							false);
 	if (!BufferIsValid(buffer))
+	{
+		/*
+		 * Incase of diff update, if the old buffer is not available raise a
+		 * panic as diff update needs the old buffer to frame the new tuple.
+		 */
+		if (xlrec->diff_update)
+		{
+			elog(PANIC, "heap_update_redo: invalid buffer");
+		}
+
 		goto newt;
+	}
+
 	page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
 
 	if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))		/* changes are applied */
@@ -5257,7 +5317,12 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 		UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
 		if (samepage)
 			return;
-		goto newt;
+
+		/* Need the old page to read the old tuple data, no update required */
+		if (!xlrec->diff_update)
+			goto newt;
+
+		old_tup_modify = false;
 	}
 
 	offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid));
@@ -5269,25 +5334,51 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 
 	htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp);
 
-	htup->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED |
-						  HEAP_XMAX_INVALID |
-						  HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI |
-						  HEAP_IS_LOCKED |
-						  HEAP_MOVED);
-	if (hot_update)
-		HeapTupleHeaderSetHotUpdated(htup);
-	else
-		HeapTupleHeaderClearHotUpdated(htup);
-	HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(htup, record->xl_xid);
-	HeapTupleHeaderSetCmax(htup, FirstCommandId, false);
-	/* Set forward chain link in t_ctid */
-	htup->t_ctid = xlrec->newtid;
+	if (xlrec->diff_update)
+	{
+		char	   *data = (char *) &tbuf.hdr + htup->t_hoff;
+		uint32		old_tup_len;
+		uint32		wal_len;
+		char	   *waldata = (char *) xlrec + hsize + htup->t_hoff
+		- offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits);
 
-	/* Mark the page as a candidate for pruning */
-	PageSetPrunable(page, record->xl_xid);
+		wal_len = record->xl_len - hsize;
+		Assert(wal_len <= MaxHeapTupleSize);
 
-	if (xlrec->all_visible_cleared)
-		PageClearAllVisible(page);
+		wal_len -= (htup->t_hoff - offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits));
+
+		old_tup_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp) - htup->t_hoff;
+
+		/* copy exactly the tuple header present in the WAL to new tuple */
+		memcpy((char *) &tbuf.hdr + offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits),
+			   (char *) xlrec + hsize,
+			   (htup->t_hoff - offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits)));
+
+		decode_xlog_update(htup, old_tup_len, data, &new_tup_len, waldata, wal_len);
+	}
+
+	if (old_tup_modify)
+	{
+		htup->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED |
+							  HEAP_XMAX_INVALID |
+							  HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI |
+							  HEAP_IS_LOCKED |
+							  HEAP_MOVED);
+		if (hot_update)
+			HeapTupleHeaderSetHotUpdated(htup);
+		else
+			HeapTupleHeaderClearHotUpdated(htup);
+		HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(htup, record->xl_xid);
+		HeapTupleHeaderSetCmax(htup, FirstCommandId, false);
+		/* Set forward chain link in t_ctid */
+		htup->t_ctid = xlrec->newtid;
+
+		/* Mark the page as a candidate for pruning */
+		PageSetPrunable(page, record->xl_xid);
+
+		if (xlrec->new_all_visible_cleared & 0x0F)
+			PageClearAllVisible(page);
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * this test is ugly, but necessary to avoid thinking that insert change
@@ -5295,9 +5386,14 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 	 */
 	if (samepage)
 		goto newsame;
-	PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
-	PageSetTLI(page, ThisTimeLineID);
-	MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
+
+	if (old_tup_modify)
+	{
+		PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
+		PageSetTLI(page, ThisTimeLineID);
+		MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
+	}
+
 	UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
 
 	/* Deal with new tuple */
@@ -5308,7 +5404,7 @@ newt:;
 	 * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is
 	 * already up-to-date.
 	 */
-	if (xlrec->new_all_visible_cleared)
+	if ((xlrec->new_all_visible_cleared >> 4) & 0x0F)
 	{
 		Relation	reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(xlrec->target.node);
 		BlockNumber block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&xlrec->newtid);
@@ -5355,20 +5451,24 @@ newsame:;
 	if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) + 1 < offnum)
 		elog(PANIC, "heap_update_redo: invalid max offset number");
 
-	hsize = SizeOfHeapUpdate + SizeOfHeapHeader;
-
-	newlen = record->xl_len - hsize;
-	Assert(newlen <= MaxHeapTupleSize);
 	memcpy((char *) &xlhdr,
 		   (char *) xlrec + SizeOfHeapUpdate,
 		   SizeOfHeapHeader);
+
 	htup = &tbuf.hdr;
-	MemSet((char *) htup, 0, sizeof(HeapTupleHeaderData));
-	/* PG73FORMAT: get bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */
-	memcpy((char *) htup + offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits),
-		   (char *) xlrec + hsize,
-		   newlen);
-	newlen += offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits);
+
+	if (!xlrec->diff_update)
+	{
+		new_tup_len = record->xl_len - hsize;
+		Assert(new_tup_len <= MaxHeapTupleSize);
+
+		/* PG73FORMAT: get bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */
+		memcpy((char *) htup + offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits),
+			   (char *) xlrec + hsize,
+			   new_tup_len);
+	}
+
+	new_tup_len += offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits);
 	htup->t_infomask2 = xlhdr.t_infomask2;
 	htup->t_infomask = xlhdr.t_infomask;
 	htup->t_hoff = xlhdr.t_hoff;
@@ -5378,7 +5478,7 @@ newsame:;
 	/* Make sure there is no forward chain link in t_ctid */
 	htup->t_ctid = xlrec->newtid;
 
-	offnum = PageAddItem(page, (Item) htup, newlen, offnum, true, true);
+	offnum = PageAddItem(page, (Item) htup, new_tup_len, offnum, true, true);
 	if (offnum == InvalidOffsetNumber)
 		elog(PANIC, "heap_update_redo: failed to add tuple");
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c
index a7bce75..96273c3 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@
 #include "utils/memutils.h"
 #include "utils/rel.h"
 #include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "parser/parsetree.h"
 
 
 /*
@@ -478,12 +479,14 @@ ExecUpdate(ItemPointer tupleid,
 		   bool canSetTag)
 {
 	HeapTuple	tuple;
+	HeapTuple	old_tuple;
 	ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo;
 	Relation	resultRelationDesc;
 	HTSU_Result result;
 	ItemPointerData update_ctid;
 	TransactionId update_xmax;
 	List	   *recheckIndexes = NIL;
+	Bitmapset  *modifiedCols = NULL;
 
 	/*
 	 * abort the operation if not running transactions
@@ -495,7 +498,7 @@ ExecUpdate(ItemPointer tupleid,
 	 * get the heap tuple out of the tuple table slot, making sure we have a
 	 * writable copy
 	 */
-	tuple = ExecMaterializeSlot(slot);
+	tuple = old_tuple = ExecMaterializeSlot(slot);
 
 	/*
 	 * get information on the (current) result relation
@@ -553,6 +556,14 @@ lreplace:;
 		if (resultRelationDesc->rd_att->constr)
 			ExecConstraints(resultRelInfo, slot, estate);
 
+		if ((resultRelationDesc->rd_toastoid == InvalidOid)
+			&& (old_tuple == tuple)
+			&& (tuple->t_len > MinHeapTupleSizeForDiffUpdate))
+		{
+			modifiedCols = (rt_fetch(resultRelInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex,
+									 estate->es_range_table)->modifiedCols);
+		}
+
 		/*
 		 * replace the heap tuple
 		 *
@@ -566,6 +577,7 @@ lreplace:;
 							 &update_ctid, &update_xmax,
 							 estate->es_output_cid,
 							 estate->es_crosscheck_snapshot,
+							 modifiedCols,
 							 true /* wait for commit */ );
 		switch (result)
 		{
diff --git a/src/include/access/heapam.h b/src/include/access/heapam.h
index 660a854..5e91ba8 100644
--- a/src/include/access/heapam.h
+++ b/src/include/access/heapam.h
@@ -105,7 +105,8 @@ extern HTSU_Result heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid,
 extern HTSU_Result heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid,
 			HeapTuple newtup,
 			ItemPointer ctid, TransactionId *update_xmax,
-			CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, bool wait);
+			CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, Bitmapset  *modifiedCols,
+			bool wait);
 extern HTSU_Result heap_lock_tuple(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple,
 				Buffer *buffer, ItemPointer ctid,
 				TransactionId *update_xmax, CommandId cid,
diff --git a/src/include/access/htup.h b/src/include/access/htup.h
index b289e14..9ab9713 100644
--- a/src/include/access/htup.h
+++ b/src/include/access/htup.h
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 
 #include "access/tupdesc.h"
 #include "access/tupmacs.h"
+#include "nodes/bitmapset.h"
 #include "storage/bufpage.h"
 #include "storage/itemptr.h"
 #include "storage/relfilenode.h"
@@ -575,6 +576,11 @@ typedef HeapTupleData *HeapTuple;
 #define HeapTupleSetOid(tuple, oid) \
 		HeapTupleHeaderSetOid((tuple)->t_data, (oid))
 
+/*
+ * Minimum tuple length required by the tuple during update operation for doing
+ * WAL optimization of update operation.
+ */
+#define MinHeapTupleSizeForDiffUpdate 128
 
 /*
  * WAL record definitions for heapam.c's WAL operations
@@ -692,18 +698,29 @@ typedef struct xl_multi_insert_tuple
 
 #define SizeOfMultiInsertTuple	(offsetof(xl_multi_insert_tuple, t_hoff) + sizeof(uint8))
 
-/* This is what we need to know about update|hot_update */
+/* This is what we need to know about update|hot_update|optimized_update */
 typedef struct xl_heap_update
 {
 	xl_heaptid	target;			/* deleted tuple id */
 	ItemPointerData newtid;		/* new inserted tuple id */
-	bool		all_visible_cleared;	/* PD_ALL_VISIBLE was cleared */
-	bool		new_all_visible_cleared;		/* same for the page of newtid */
+	bool	diff_update;		/* optimized update or not */
+	/*
+	 * To keep the structure size same all_visible_cleared is merged with
+	 * new_all_visible_cleared.
+	 */
+	bool	new_all_visible_cleared; /* MSB 4 bits tells PD_ALL_VISIBLE	was
+										cleared of new page and rest 4 bits
+										for the old page */
 	/* NEW TUPLE xl_heap_header AND TUPLE DATA FOLLOWS AT END OF STRUCT */
 } xl_heap_update;
 
 #define SizeOfHeapUpdate	(offsetof(xl_heap_update, new_all_visible_cleared) + sizeof(bool))
 
+#define HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_COPY 0
+#define HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_ADD  1
+#define HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_IGN  2
+#define HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_PAD  3
+
 /*
  * This is what we need to know about vacuum page cleanup/redirect
  *
@@ -900,6 +917,11 @@ extern Datum heap_getsysattr(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc,
 				bool *isnull);
 extern HeapTuple heap_copytuple(HeapTuple tuple);
 extern void heap_copytuple_with_tuple(HeapTuple src, HeapTuple dest);
+extern void encode_xlog_update(Form_pg_attribute *att, HeapTuple oldtup,
+					 HeapTuple heaptup, HeapTuple wal_tup,
+					 Bitmapset *modifiedCols);
+extern void decode_xlog_update(HeapTupleHeader htup, uint32 old_tup_len,
+			char *data, uint32* new_tup_len, char *waldata, uint32 wal_len);
 extern HeapTuple heap_form_tuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
 				Datum *values, bool *isnull);
 extern HeapTuple heap_modify_tuple(HeapTuple tuple,
#2Amit Kapila
amit.kapila@huawei.com
In reply to: Amit kapila (#1)

From: Jesper Krogh [mailto:jesper@krogh.cc]
Sent: Wednesday, August 22, 2012 1:13 AM
On 21/08/12 16:57, Amit kapila wrote:

Test results:

1. The pgbench test run for 10min.
2. The test reult is for modified pgbench (such that total row size is

1800 and updated columns are of length 300) tpc-b testcase.

The result and modified pgbench code is attached with mail.

3. The performance improvement shown in the m/c I have tested is quite

good (more than 100% for sync commit = off).

I cannot comment on completeness or correctness of the code, but I do

think a relevant test would be

to turn synchronous_commit on as default.

Even though you aim at an improved performance, it would be nice to see

the reduction in WAL-size

as an effect of this patch.

Yes, I shall take care of doing both the above tests and send the report.

With Regards,

Amit Kapila.

#3Amit Kapila
amit.kapila@huawei.com
In reply to: Amit Kapila (#2)

From: pgsql-hackers-owner@postgresql.org
[mailto:pgsql-hackers-owner@postgresql.org] On Behalf Of Amit Kapila
Sent: Wednesday, August 22, 2012 8:34 AM
From: Jesper Krogh [mailto:jesper@krogh.cc]
Sent: Wednesday, August 22, 2012 1:13 AM
On 21/08/12 16:57, Amit kapila wrote:

Test results:

1. The pgbench test run for 10min.
2. The test reult is for modified pgbench (such that total row size is

1800 and updated columns are of length 300) tpc-b testcase.

The result and modified pgbench code is attached with mail.

3. The performance improvement shown in the m/c I have tested is quite

good (more than 100% for sync commit = off).

I cannot comment on completeness or correctness of the code, but I do

think a relevant test would be

to turn synchronous_commit on as default.

Even though you aim at an improved performance, it would be nice to see

the reduction in WAL-size

as an effect of this patch.

Yes, I shall take care of doing both the above tests and send the report.

The data for WAL reduction is as below:

The number of transactions processed are 16000 by doing update only of size
250 bytes with an record size of 1800.

I had made sure no full_page_write happens by making checkpoint interval and
checkpoints segments longer.

Original code - 1.8G Modified code - 1.1G Diff - 63% reduction, incase
of fill factor 100.
Original code - 1.6G Modified code - 1.1G Diff - 45% reduction, incase
of fill factor 80.

I am still in process of collecting synchronous commit mode on data.

Please let me know what more kind of data will be helpful to indicate the
benefits of this implementation.

With Regards,

Amit Kapila.

#4Bruce Momjian
bruce@momjian.us
In reply to: Amit Kapila (#3)

On Wed, Aug 22, 2012 at 07:38:33PM +0530, Amit Kapila wrote:

I had made sure no full_page_write happens by making checkpoint interval and
checkpoints segments longer.

Original code - 1.8G Modified code - 1.1G Diff - 63% reduction, incase of
fill factor 100.
Original code - 1.6G Modified code - 1.1G Diff - 45% reduction, incase of
fill factor 80.

I am still in process of collecting synchronous commit mode on data.

Wow, that sounds promising.

--
Bruce Momjian <bruce@momjian.us> http://momjian.us
EnterpriseDB http://enterprisedb.com

+ It's impossible for everything to be true. +

#5Amit Kapila
amit.kapila@huawei.com
In reply to: Bruce Momjian (#4)

From: Bruce Momjian [mailto:bruce@momjian.us]
Sent: Friday, August 24, 2012 2:12 AM
On Wed, Aug 22, 2012 at 07:38:33PM +0530, Amit Kapila wrote:

I had made sure no full_page_write happens by making checkpoint interval

and

checkpoints segments longer.

Original code - 1.8G Modified code - 1.1G Diff - 63% reduction,

incase of

fill factor 100.
Original code - 1.6G Modified code - 1.1G Diff - 45% reduction,

incase of

fill factor 80.

I am still in process of collecting synchronous commit mode on data.

Wow, that sounds promising.

Thanks you.

Right now I am collecting the data for Synchronous_commit =on mode; My
initial observation is that
incase fsync is off, the results are good(around 50% perf improvement).
However if fsync is on, the performance results fall down to 3~5%. I am not
sure even if the data for I/O is reduced,
Still why there is no big performance gain as in case of Synchronous_commit
= off or when fsync is off.

I am trying with different methods of wal_sync_method parameter and by
setting some value of commit_delay as suggested by Peter Geoghegan in one of
his mails.

Please suggest me if anyone has any thoughts on what kind of parameter's are
best for such a use case or let me know if I am missing anything and such
kind of performance improvement can only improve performance for fsync =off
case.

With Regards,
Amit Kapila.

#6Amit kapila
amit.kapila@huawei.com
In reply to: Amit Kapila (#5)
2 attachment(s)

From: pgsql-hackers-owner@postgresql.org [pgsql-hackers-owner@postgresql.org] on behalf of Amit Kapila [amit.kapila@huawei.com]
Sent: Friday, August 24, 2012 9:16 AM
From: Bruce Momjian [mailto:bruce@momjian.us]
Sent: Friday, August 24, 2012 2:12 AM
On Wed, Aug 22, 2012 at 07:38:33PM +0530, Amit Kapila wrote:

I had made sure no full_page_write happens by making checkpoint interval

and

checkpoints segments longer.

Original code - 1.8G Modified code - 1.1G Diff - 63% reduction,

incase of

fill factor 100.
Original code - 1.6G Modified code - 1.1G Diff - 45% reduction,

incase of

fill factor 80.

I am still in process of collecting synchronous commit mode on data.

Wow, that sounds promising.

Thanks you.

Right now I am collecting the data for Synchronous_commit =on mode; My
initial observation is that
incase fsync is off, the results are good(around 50% perf improvement).
However if fsync is on, the performance results fall down to 3~5%. I am not
sure even if the data for I/O is reduced,
Still why there is no big performance gain as in case of Synchronous_commit
= off or when fsync is off.

The modified pgbench test and testdata for synchronous commit mode is attached with this mail.
The test has shown upto 13% performance improvement in one of the cases.

I am still working on to collect some more performance data for wal_sync_method - OPEN_SYNC and by varying XLOG buffer size.

With Regards,
Amit Kapila.

Attachments:

pgbench_modified_for_sync_commit_on_data.ctext/plain; name=pgbench_modified_for_sync_commit_on_data.cDownload
/*
 * pgbench.c
 *
 * A simple benchmark program for PostgreSQL
 * Originally written by Tatsuo Ishii and enhanced by many contributors.
 *
 * contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2012, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 * ALL RIGHTS RESERVED;
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
 * documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
 * is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this
 * paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
 *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
 * LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS
 * DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE AUTHOR OR DISTRIBUTORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
 * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * THE AUTHOR AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
 * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
 * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
 * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHOR AND DISTRIBUTORS HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO
 * PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
 *
 */

#ifdef WIN32
#define FD_SETSIZE 1024			/* set before winsock2.h is included */
#endif   /* ! WIN32 */

#include "postgres_fe.h"

#include "getopt_long.h"
#include "libpq-fe.h"
#include "libpq/pqsignal.h"
#include "portability/instr_time.h"

#include <ctype.h>

#ifndef WIN32
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#endif   /* ! WIN32 */

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#include <sys/select.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
#include <sys/resource.h>		/* for getrlimit */
#endif

#ifndef INT64_MAX
#define INT64_MAX	INT64CONST(0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF)
#endif

/*
 * Multi-platform pthread implementations
 */

#ifdef WIN32
/* Use native win32 threads on Windows */
typedef struct win32_pthread *pthread_t;
typedef int pthread_attr_t;

static int	pthread_create(pthread_t *thread, pthread_attr_t *attr, void *(*start_routine) (void *), void *arg);
static int	pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return);
#elif defined(ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY)
/* Use platform-dependent pthread capability */
#include <pthread.h>
#else
/* Use emulation with fork. Rename pthread identifiers to avoid conflicts */

#include <sys/wait.h>

#define pthread_t				pg_pthread_t
#define pthread_attr_t			pg_pthread_attr_t
#define pthread_create			pg_pthread_create
#define pthread_join			pg_pthread_join

typedef struct fork_pthread *pthread_t;
typedef int pthread_attr_t;

static int	pthread_create(pthread_t *thread, pthread_attr_t *attr, void *(*start_routine) (void *), void *arg);
static int	pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return);
#endif

extern char *optarg;
extern int	optind;


/********************************************************************
 * some configurable parameters */

/* max number of clients allowed */
#ifdef FD_SETSIZE
#define MAXCLIENTS	(FD_SETSIZE - 10)
#else
#define MAXCLIENTS	1024
#endif

#define DEFAULT_NXACTS	10		/* default nxacts */

int			nxacts = 0;			/* number of transactions per client */
int			duration = 0;		/* duration in seconds */

/*
 * scaling factor. for example, scale = 10 will make 1000000 tuples in
 * pgbench_accounts table.
 */
int			scale = 1;

/*
 * fillfactor. for example, fillfactor = 90 will use only 90 percent
 * space during inserts and leave 10 percent free.
 */
int			fillfactor = 100;

/*
 * create foreign key constraints on the tables?
 */
int			foreign_keys = 0;

/*
 * use unlogged tables?
 */
int			unlogged_tables = 0;

/*
 * tablespace selection
 */
char	   *tablespace = NULL;
char	   *index_tablespace = NULL;

/*
 * end of configurable parameters
 *********************************************************************/

#define nbranches	1			/* Makes little sense to change this.  Change
								 * -s instead */
#define ntellers	10
#define naccounts	100000

bool		use_log;			/* log transaction latencies to a file */
bool		is_connect;			/* establish connection for each transaction */
bool		is_latencies;		/* report per-command latencies */
int			main_pid;			/* main process id used in log filename */

char	   *pghost = "";
char	   *pgport = "";
char	   *login = NULL;
char	   *dbName;
const char *progname;

volatile bool timer_exceeded = false;	/* flag from signal handler */

/* variable definitions */
typedef struct
{
	char	   *name;			/* variable name */
	char	   *value;			/* its value */
} Variable;

#define MAX_FILES		128		/* max number of SQL script files allowed */
#define SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE	256 /* maximum size allowed for shell command */

/*
 * structures used in custom query mode
 */

typedef struct
{
	PGconn	   *con;			/* connection handle to DB */
	int			id;				/* client No. */
	int			state;			/* state No. */
	int			cnt;			/* xacts count */
	int			ecnt;			/* error count */
	int			listen;			/* 0 indicates that an async query has been
								 * sent */
	int			sleeping;		/* 1 indicates that the client is napping */
	int64		until;			/* napping until (usec) */
	Variable   *variables;		/* array of variable definitions */
	int			nvariables;
	instr_time	txn_begin;		/* used for measuring transaction latencies */
	instr_time	stmt_begin;		/* used for measuring statement latencies */
	int			use_file;		/* index in sql_files for this client */
	bool		prepared[MAX_FILES];
} CState;

/*
 * Thread state and result
 */
typedef struct
{
	int			tid;			/* thread id */
	pthread_t	thread;			/* thread handle */
	CState	   *state;			/* array of CState */
	int			nstate;			/* length of state[] */
	instr_time	start_time;		/* thread start time */
	instr_time *exec_elapsed;	/* time spent executing cmds (per Command) */
	int		   *exec_count;		/* number of cmd executions (per Command) */
	unsigned short random_state[3];		/* separate randomness for each thread */
} TState;

#define INVALID_THREAD		((pthread_t) 0)

typedef struct
{
	instr_time	conn_time;
	int			xacts;
} TResult;

/*
 * queries read from files
 */
#define SQL_COMMAND		1
#define META_COMMAND	2
#define MAX_ARGS		10

typedef enum QueryMode
{
	QUERY_SIMPLE,				/* simple query */
	QUERY_EXTENDED,				/* extended query */
	QUERY_PREPARED,				/* extended query with prepared statements */
	NUM_QUERYMODE
} QueryMode;

static QueryMode querymode = QUERY_SIMPLE;
static const char *QUERYMODE[] = {"simple", "extended", "prepared"};

typedef struct
{
	char	   *line;			/* full text of command line */
	int			command_num;	/* unique index of this Command struct */
	int			type;			/* command type (SQL_COMMAND or META_COMMAND) */
	int			argc;			/* number of command words */
	char	   *argv[MAX_ARGS]; /* command word list */
} Command;

static Command **sql_files[MAX_FILES];	/* SQL script files */
static int	num_files;			/* number of script files */
static int	num_commands = 0;	/* total number of Command structs */
static int	debug = 0;			/* debug flag */

/* default scenario */
static char *tpc_b = {
	"\\set nbranches " CppAsString2(nbranches) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set ntellers " CppAsString2(ntellers) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"\\setrandom bid 1 :nbranches\n"
	"\\setrandom tid 1 :ntellers\n"
	"\\setrandom delta -5000 5000\n"
	"BEGIN;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_tellers SET tbalance = tbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE tid = :tid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_branches SET bbalance = bbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE bid = :bid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_tellers SET tbalance = tbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE tid = :tid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_branches SET bbalance = bbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE bid = :bid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_tellers SET tbalance = tbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE tid = :tid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_branches SET bbalance = bbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE bid = :bid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_tellers SET tbalance = tbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE tid = :tid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_branches SET bbalance = bbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE bid = :bid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_tellers SET tbalance = tbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE tid = :tid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_branches SET bbalance = bbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler WHERE bid = :bid;\n"
	"END;\n"
};

/* -N case */
static char *simple_update = {
	"\\set nbranches " CppAsString2(nbranches) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set ntellers " CppAsString2(ntellers) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"\\setrandom bid 1 :nbranches\n"
	"\\setrandom tid 1 :ntellers\n"
	"\\setrandom delta -5000 5000\n"
	"BEGIN;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"SELECT abalance FROM pgbench_accounts WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"INSERT INTO pgbench_history (tid, bid, aid, delta, mtime) VALUES (:tid, :bid, :aid, :delta, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP);\n"
	"END;\n"
};

/* -S case */
static char *select_only = {
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"SELECT abalance FROM pgbench_accounts WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
};

/* Function prototypes */
static void setalarm(int seconds);
static void *threadRun(void *arg);


/*
 * routines to check mem allocations and fail noisily.
 */
static void *
xmalloc(size_t size)
{
	void	   *result;

	result = malloc(size);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}

static void *
xrealloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
{
	void	   *result;

	result = realloc(ptr, size);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}

static char *
xstrdup(const char *s)
{
	char	   *result;

	result = strdup(s);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}


static void
usage(void)
{
	printf("%s is a benchmarking tool for PostgreSQL.\n\n"
		   "Usage:\n"
		   "  %s [OPTION]... [DBNAME]\n"
		   "\nInitialization options:\n"
		   "  -i           invokes initialization mode\n"
		   "  -n           do not run VACUUM after initialization\n"
		   "  -F NUM       fill factor\n"
		   "  -s NUM       scaling factor\n"
		   "  --foreign-keys\n"
		   "               create foreign key constraints between tables\n"
		   "  --index-tablespace=TABLESPACE\n"
		   "               create indexes in the specified tablespace\n"
		   "  --tablespace=TABLESPACE\n"
		   "               create tables in the specified tablespace\n"
		   "  --unlogged-tables\n"
		   "               create tables as unlogged tables\n"
		   "\nBenchmarking options:\n"
		"  -c NUM       number of concurrent database clients (default: 1)\n"
		   "  -C           establish new connection for each transaction\n"
		   "  -D VARNAME=VALUE\n"
		   "               define variable for use by custom script\n"
		   "  -f FILENAME  read transaction script from FILENAME\n"
		   "  -j NUM       number of threads (default: 1)\n"
		   "  -l           write transaction times to log file\n"
		   "  -M simple|extended|prepared\n"
		   "               protocol for submitting queries to server (default: simple)\n"
		   "  -n           do not run VACUUM before tests\n"
		   "  -N           do not update tables \"pgbench_tellers\" and \"pgbench_branches\"\n"
		   "  -r           report average latency per command\n"
		   "  -s NUM       report this scale factor in output\n"
		   "  -S           perform SELECT-only transactions\n"
	 "  -t NUM       number of transactions each client runs (default: 10)\n"
		   "  -T NUM       duration of benchmark test in seconds\n"
		   "  -v           vacuum all four standard tables before tests\n"
		   "\nCommon options:\n"
		   "  -d             print debugging output\n"
		   "  -h HOSTNAME    database server host or socket directory\n"
		   "  -p PORT        database server port number\n"
		   "  -U USERNAME    connect as specified database user\n"
		   "  -V, --version  output version information, then exit\n"
		   "  -?, --help     show this help, then exit\n"
		   "\n"
		   "Report bugs to <pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org>.\n",
		   progname, progname);
}

/* random number generator: uniform distribution from min to max inclusive */
static int
getrand(TState *thread, int min, int max)
{
	/*
	 * Odd coding is so that min and max have approximately the same chance of
	 * being selected as do numbers between them.
	 *
	 * pg_erand48() is thread-safe and concurrent, which is why we use it
	 * rather than random(), which in glibc is non-reentrant, and therefore
	 * protected by a mutex, and therefore a bottleneck on machines with many
	 * CPUs.
	 */
	return min + (int) ((max - min + 1) * pg_erand48(thread->random_state));
}

/* call PQexec() and exit() on failure */
static void
executeStatement(PGconn *con, const char *sql)
{
	PGresult   *res;

	res = PQexec(con, sql);
	if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}
	PQclear(res);
}

/* set up a connection to the backend */
static PGconn *
doConnect(void)
{
	PGconn	   *conn;
	static char *password = NULL;
	bool		new_pass;

	/*
	 * Start the connection.  Loop until we have a password if requested by
	 * backend.
	 */
	do
	{
#define PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE	7

		const char *keywords[PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE];
		const char *values[PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE];

		keywords[0] = "host";
		values[0] = pghost;
		keywords[1] = "port";
		values[1] = pgport;
		keywords[2] = "user";
		values[2] = login;
		keywords[3] = "password";
		values[3] = password;
		keywords[4] = "dbname";
		values[4] = dbName;
		keywords[5] = "fallback_application_name";
		values[5] = progname;
		keywords[6] = NULL;
		values[6] = NULL;

		new_pass = false;

		conn = PQconnectdbParams(keywords, values, true);

		if (!conn)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database \"%s\" failed\n",
					dbName);
			return NULL;
		}

		if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD &&
			PQconnectionNeedsPassword(conn) &&
			password == NULL)
		{
			PQfinish(conn);
			password = simple_prompt("Password: ", 100, false);
			new_pass = true;
		}
	} while (new_pass);

	/* check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
	if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database \"%s\" failed:\n%s",
				dbName, PQerrorMessage(conn));
		PQfinish(conn);
		return NULL;
	}

	return conn;
}

/* throw away response from backend */
static void
discard_response(CState *state)
{
	PGresult   *res;

	do
	{
		res = PQgetResult(state->con);
		if (res)
			PQclear(res);
	} while (res);
}

static int
compareVariables(const void *v1, const void *v2)
{
	return strcmp(((const Variable *) v1)->name,
				  ((const Variable *) v2)->name);
}

static char *
getVariable(CState *st, char *name)
{
	Variable	key,
			   *var;

	/* On some versions of Solaris, bsearch of zero items dumps core */
	if (st->nvariables <= 0)
		return NULL;

	key.name = name;
	var = (Variable *) bsearch((void *) &key,
							   (void *) st->variables,
							   st->nvariables,
							   sizeof(Variable),
							   compareVariables);
	if (var != NULL)
		return var->value;
	else
		return NULL;
}

/* check whether the name consists of alphabets, numerals and underscores. */
static bool
isLegalVariableName(const char *name)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; name[i] != '\0'; i++)
	{
		if (!isalnum((unsigned char) name[i]) && name[i] != '_')
			return false;
	}

	return true;
}

static int
putVariable(CState *st, const char *context, char *name, char *value)
{
	Variable	key,
			   *var;

	key.name = name;
	/* On some versions of Solaris, bsearch of zero items dumps core */
	if (st->nvariables > 0)
		var = (Variable *) bsearch((void *) &key,
								   (void *) st->variables,
								   st->nvariables,
								   sizeof(Variable),
								   compareVariables);
	else
		var = NULL;

	if (var == NULL)
	{
		Variable   *newvars;

		/*
		 * Check for the name only when declaring a new variable to avoid
		 * overhead.
		 */
		if (!isLegalVariableName(name))
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: invalid variable name '%s'\n", context, name);
			return false;
		}

		if (st->variables)
			newvars = (Variable *) xrealloc(st->variables,
									(st->nvariables + 1) * sizeof(Variable));
		else
			newvars = (Variable *) xmalloc(sizeof(Variable));

		st->variables = newvars;

		var = &newvars[st->nvariables];

		var->name = xstrdup(name);
		var->value = xstrdup(value);

		st->nvariables++;

		qsort((void *) st->variables, st->nvariables, sizeof(Variable),
			  compareVariables);
	}
	else
	{
		char	   *val;

		/* dup then free, in case value is pointing at this variable */
		val = xstrdup(value);

		free(var->value);
		var->value = val;
	}

	return true;
}

static char *
parseVariable(const char *sql, int *eaten)
{
	int			i = 0;
	char	   *name;

	do
	{
		i++;
	} while (isalnum((unsigned char) sql[i]) || sql[i] == '_');
	if (i == 1)
		return NULL;

	name = xmalloc(i);
	memcpy(name, &sql[1], i - 1);
	name[i - 1] = '\0';

	*eaten = i;
	return name;
}

static char *
replaceVariable(char **sql, char *param, int len, char *value)
{
	int			valueln = strlen(value);

	if (valueln > len)
	{
		size_t		offset = param - *sql;

		*sql = xrealloc(*sql, strlen(*sql) - len + valueln + 1);
		param = *sql + offset;
	}

	if (valueln != len)
		memmove(param + valueln, param + len, strlen(param + len) + 1);
	strncpy(param, value, valueln);

	return param + valueln;
}

static char *
assignVariables(CState *st, char *sql)
{
	char	   *p,
			   *name,
			   *val;

	p = sql;
	while ((p = strchr(p, ':')) != NULL)
	{
		int			eaten;

		name = parseVariable(p, &eaten);
		if (name == NULL)
		{
			while (*p == ':')
			{
				p++;
			}
			continue;
		}

		val = getVariable(st, name);
		free(name);
		if (val == NULL)
		{
			p++;
			continue;
		}

		p = replaceVariable(&sql, p, eaten, val);
	}

	return sql;
}

static void
getQueryParams(CState *st, const Command *command, const char **params)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; i < command->argc - 1; i++)
		params[i] = getVariable(st, command->argv[i + 1]);
}

/*
 * Run a shell command. The result is assigned to the variable if not NULL.
 * Return true if succeeded, or false on error.
 */
static bool
runShellCommand(CState *st, char *variable, char **argv, int argc)
{
	char		command[SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE];
	int			i,
				len = 0;
	FILE	   *fp;
	char		res[64];
	char	   *endptr;
	int			retval;

	/*----------
	 * Join arguments with whitespace separators. Arguments starting with
	 * exactly one colon are treated as variables:
	 *	name - append a string "name"
	 *	:var - append a variable named 'var'
	 *	::name - append a string ":name"
	 *----------
	 */
	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
	{
		char	   *arg;
		int			arglen;

		if (argv[i][0] != ':')
		{
			arg = argv[i];		/* a string literal */
		}
		else if (argv[i][1] == ':')
		{
			arg = argv[i] + 1;	/* a string literal starting with colons */
		}
		else if ((arg = getVariable(st, argv[i] + 1)) == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[i]);
			return false;
		}

		arglen = strlen(arg);
		if (len + arglen + (i > 0 ? 1 : 0) >= SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE - 1)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: too long shell command\n", argv[0]);
			return false;
		}

		if (i > 0)
			command[len++] = ' ';
		memcpy(command + len, arg, arglen);
		len += arglen;
	}

	command[len] = '\0';

	/* Fast path for non-assignment case */
	if (variable == NULL)
	{
		if (system(command))
		{
			if (!timer_exceeded)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot launch shell command\n", argv[0]);
			return false;
		}
		return true;
	}

	/* Execute the command with pipe and read the standard output. */
	if ((fp = popen(command, "r")) == NULL)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot launch shell command\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}
	if (fgets(res, sizeof(res), fp) == NULL)
	{
		if (!timer_exceeded)
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot read the result\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}
	if (pclose(fp) < 0)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot close shell command\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}

	/* Check whether the result is an integer and assign it to the variable */
	retval = (int) strtol(res, &endptr, 10);
	while (*endptr != '\0' && isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
		endptr++;
	if (*res == '\0' || *endptr != '\0')
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: must return an integer ('%s' returned)\n", argv[0], res);
		return false;
	}
	snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", retval);
	if (!putVariable(st, "setshell", variable, res))
		return false;

#ifdef DEBUG
	printf("shell parameter name: %s, value: %s\n", argv[1], res);
#endif
	return true;
}

#define MAX_PREPARE_NAME		32
static void
preparedStatementName(char *buffer, int file, int state)
{
	sprintf(buffer, "P%d_%d", file, state);
}

static bool
clientDone(CState *st, bool ok)
{
	(void) ok;					/* unused */

	if (st->con != NULL)
	{
		PQfinish(st->con);
		st->con = NULL;
	}
	return false;				/* always false */
}

/* return false iff client should be disconnected */
static bool
doCustom(TState *thread, CState *st, instr_time *conn_time, FILE *logfile)
{
	PGresult   *res;
	Command   **commands;

top:
	commands = sql_files[st->use_file];

	if (st->sleeping)
	{							/* are we sleeping? */
		instr_time	now;

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
		if (st->until <= INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now))
			st->sleeping = 0;	/* Done sleeping, go ahead with next command */
		else
			return true;		/* Still sleeping, nothing to do here */
	}

	if (st->listen)
	{							/* are we receiver? */
		if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
		{
			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d receiving\n", st->id);
			if (!PQconsumeInput(st->con))
			{					/* there's something wrong */
				fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Probably the backend died while processing.\n", st->id, st->state);
				return clientDone(st, false);
			}
			if (PQisBusy(st->con))
				return true;	/* don't have the whole result yet */
		}

		/*
		 * command finished: accumulate per-command execution times in
		 * thread-local data structure, if per-command latencies are requested
		 */
		if (is_latencies)
		{
			instr_time	now;
			int			cnum = commands[st->state]->command_num;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(thread->exec_elapsed[cnum],
								  now, st->stmt_begin);
			thread->exec_count[cnum]++;
		}

		/*
		 * if transaction finished, record the time it took in the log
		 */
		if (logfile && commands[st->state + 1] == NULL)
		{
			instr_time	now;
			instr_time	diff;
			double		usec;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			diff = now;
			INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(diff, st->txn_begin);
			usec = (double) INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(diff);

#ifndef WIN32
			/* This is more than we really ought to know about instr_time */
			fprintf(logfile, "%d %d %.0f %d %ld %ld\n",
					st->id, st->cnt, usec, st->use_file,
					(long) now.tv_sec, (long) now.tv_usec);
#else
			/* On Windows, instr_time doesn't provide a timestamp anyway */
			fprintf(logfile, "%d %d %.0f %d 0 0\n",
					st->id, st->cnt, usec, st->use_file);
#endif
		}

		if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
		{
			/*
			 * Read and discard the query result; note this is not included in
			 * the statement latency numbers.
			 */
			res = PQgetResult(st->con);
			switch (PQresultStatus(res))
			{
				case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:
				case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
					break;		/* OK */
				default:
					fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d: %s",
							st->id, st->state, PQerrorMessage(st->con));
					PQclear(res);
					return clientDone(st, false);
			}
			PQclear(res);
			discard_response(st);
		}

		if (commands[st->state + 1] == NULL)
		{
			if (is_connect)
			{
				PQfinish(st->con);
				st->con = NULL;
			}

			++st->cnt;
			if ((st->cnt >= nxacts && duration <= 0) || timer_exceeded)
				return clientDone(st, true);	/* exit success */
		}

		/* increment state counter */
		st->state++;
		if (commands[st->state] == NULL)
		{
			st->state = 0;
			st->use_file = getrand(thread, 0, num_files - 1);
			commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
		}
	}

	if (st->con == NULL)
	{
		instr_time	start,
					end;

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start);
		if ((st->con = doConnect()) == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in establishing connection.\n", st->id);
			return clientDone(st, false);
		}
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(end);
		INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(*conn_time, end, start);
	}

	/* Record transaction start time if logging is enabled */
	if (logfile && st->state == 0)
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(st->txn_begin);

	/* Record statement start time if per-command latencies are requested */
	if (is_latencies)
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(st->stmt_begin);

	if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
	{
		const Command *command = commands[st->state];
		int			r;

		if (querymode == QUERY_SIMPLE)
		{
			char	   *sql;

			sql = xstrdup(command->argv[0]);
			sql = assignVariables(st, sql);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, sql);
			r = PQsendQuery(st->con, sql);
			free(sql);
		}
		else if (querymode == QUERY_EXTENDED)
		{
			const char *sql = command->argv[0];
			const char *params[MAX_ARGS];

			getQueryParams(st, command, params);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, sql);
			r = PQsendQueryParams(st->con, sql, command->argc - 1,
								  NULL, params, NULL, NULL, 0);
		}
		else if (querymode == QUERY_PREPARED)
		{
			char		name[MAX_PREPARE_NAME];
			const char *params[MAX_ARGS];

			if (!st->prepared[st->use_file])
			{
				int			j;

				for (j = 0; commands[j] != NULL; j++)
				{
					PGresult   *res;
					char		name[MAX_PREPARE_NAME];

					if (commands[j]->type != SQL_COMMAND)
						continue;
					preparedStatementName(name, st->use_file, j);
					res = PQprepare(st->con, name,
						  commands[j]->argv[0], commands[j]->argc - 1, NULL);
					if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
						fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(st->con));
					PQclear(res);
				}
				st->prepared[st->use_file] = true;
			}

			getQueryParams(st, command, params);
			preparedStatementName(name, st->use_file, st->state);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, name);
			r = PQsendQueryPrepared(st->con, name, command->argc - 1,
									params, NULL, NULL, 0);
		}
		else	/* unknown sql mode */
			r = 0;

		if (r == 0)
		{
			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d cannot send %s\n", st->id, command->argv[0]);
			st->ecnt++;
		}
		else
			st->listen = 1;		/* flags that should be listened */
	}
	else if (commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
	{
		int			argc = commands[st->state]->argc,
					i;
		char	  **argv = commands[st->state]->argv;

		if (debug)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "client %d executing \\%s", st->id, argv[0]);
			for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
				fprintf(stderr, " %s", argv[i]);
			fprintf(stderr, "\n");
		}

		if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "setrandom") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			min,
						max;
			char		res[64];

			if (*argv[2] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[2] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[2]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				min = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				min = atoi(argv[2]);

#ifdef NOT_USED
			if (min < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: invalid minimum number %d\n", argv[0], min);
				st->ecnt++;
				return;
			}
#endif

			if (*argv[3] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[3] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[3]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				max = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				max = atoi(argv[3]);

			if (max < min)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: maximum is less than minimum\n", argv[0]);
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			/*
			 * getrand() neeeds to be able to subtract max from min and add
			 * one the result without overflowing.	Since we know max > min,
			 * we can detect overflow just by checking for a negative result.
			 * But we must check both that the subtraction doesn't overflow,
			 * and that adding one to the result doesn't overflow either.
			 */
			if (max - min < 0 || (max - min) + 1 < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: range too large\n", argv[0]);
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

#ifdef DEBUG
			printf("min: %d max: %d random: %d\n", min, max, getrand(thread, min, max));
#endif
			snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", getrand(thread, min, max));

			if (!putVariable(st, argv[0], argv[1], res))
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "set") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			ope1,
						ope2;
			char		res[64];

			if (*argv[2] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[2] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[2]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				ope1 = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				ope1 = atoi(argv[2]);

			if (argc < 5)
				snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1);
			else
			{
				if (*argv[4] == ':')
				{
					if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[4] + 1)) == NULL)
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[4]);
						st->ecnt++;
						return true;
					}
					ope2 = atoi(var);
				}
				else
					ope2 = atoi(argv[4]);

				if (strcmp(argv[3], "+") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 + ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "-") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 - ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "*") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 * ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "/") == 0)
				{
					if (ope2 == 0)
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "%s: division by zero\n", argv[0]);
						st->ecnt++;
						return true;
					}
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 / ope2);
				}
				else
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: unsupported operator %s\n", argv[0], argv[3]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
			}

			if (!putVariable(st, argv[0], argv[1], res))
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "sleep") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			usec;
			instr_time	now;

			if (*argv[1] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[1] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[1]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				usec = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				usec = atoi(argv[1]);

			if (argc > 2)
			{
				if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[2], "ms") == 0)
					usec *= 1000;
				else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[2], "s") == 0)
					usec *= 1000000;
			}
			else
				usec *= 1000000;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			st->until = INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now) + usec;
			st->sleeping = 1;

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "setshell") == 0)
		{
			bool		ret = runShellCommand(st, argv[1], argv + 2, argc - 2);

			if (timer_exceeded) /* timeout */
				return clientDone(st, true);
			else if (!ret)		/* on error */
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}
			else	/* succeeded */
				st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "shell") == 0)
		{
			bool		ret = runShellCommand(st, NULL, argv + 1, argc - 1);

			if (timer_exceeded) /* timeout */
				return clientDone(st, true);
			else if (!ret)		/* on error */
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}
			else	/* succeeded */
				st->listen = 1;
		}
		goto top;
	}

	return true;
}

/* discard connections */
static void
disconnect_all(CState *state, int length)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
	{
		if (state[i].con)
		{
			PQfinish(state[i].con);
			state[i].con = NULL;
		}
	}
}

/* create tables and setup data */
static void
init(bool is_no_vacuum)
{
	/*
	 * Note: TPC-B requires at least 100 bytes per row, and the "filler"
	 * fields in these table declarations were intended to comply with that.
	 * But because they default to NULLs, they don't actually take any space.
	 * We could fix that by giving them non-null default values. However, that
	 * would completely break comparability of pgbench results with prior
	 * versions.  Since pgbench has never pretended to be fully TPC-B
	 * compliant anyway, we stick with the historical behavior.
	 */
	struct ddlinfo
	{
		char	   *table;
		char	   *cols;
		int			declare_fillfactor;
	};
	struct ddlinfo DDLs[] = {
		{
			"pgbench_history",
			"tid int,bid int,aid int,delta int,mtime timestamp,filler char(22)",
			0
		},
		{
			"pgbench_tellers",
			"tid int not null,bid int,tbalance int,filler varchar(46),"
			"tbalance1 int, filler1 char(200),tbalance2 int,filler2 char(1550)",
			1
		},
		{
			"pgbench_accounts",
			"aid int not null,bid int,abalance int,filler varchar(46),"
			"abalance1 int,filler1 char(200),abalance2 int,filler2 char(1550)",
			1
		},
		{
			"pgbench_branches",
			"bid int not null,bbalance int,filler varchar(46),bbalance1 int,"
			"filler1 char(200), bbalance2 int, filler2 char(1550)",
			1
		}
	};
	static char *DDLAFTERs[] = {
		"alter table pgbench_branches add primary key (bid)",
		"alter table pgbench_tellers add primary key (tid)",
		"alter table pgbench_accounts add primary key (aid)"
	};
	static char *DDLKEYs[] = {
		"alter table pgbench_tellers add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_accounts add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (tid) references pgbench_tellers",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (aid) references pgbench_accounts"
	};

	PGconn	   *con;
	PGresult   *res;
	char		sql[256];
	int			i;

	if ((con = doConnect()) == NULL)
		exit(1);

	for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLs); i++)
	{
		char		opts[256];
		char		buffer[256];
		struct ddlinfo *ddl = &DDLs[i];

		/* Remove old table, if it exists. */
		snprintf(buffer, 256, "drop table if exists %s", ddl->table);
		executeStatement(con, buffer);

		/* Construct new create table statement. */
		opts[0] = '\0';
		if (ddl->declare_fillfactor)
			snprintf(opts + strlen(opts), 256 - strlen(opts),
					 " with (fillfactor=%d)", fillfactor);
		if (tablespace != NULL)
		{
			char	   *escape_tablespace;

			escape_tablespace = PQescapeIdentifier(con, tablespace,
												   strlen(tablespace));
			snprintf(opts + strlen(opts), 256 - strlen(opts),
					 " tablespace %s", escape_tablespace);
			PQfreemem(escape_tablespace);
		}
		snprintf(buffer, 256, "create%s table %s(%s)%s",
				 unlogged_tables ? " unlogged" : "",
				 ddl->table, ddl->cols, opts);

		executeStatement(con, buffer);
	}

	executeStatement(con, "begin");

	for (i = 0; i < nbranches * scale; i++)
	{
		snprintf(sql, 256, "insert into pgbench_branches values(%d,0,0,0,0,0,0)", i + 1);
		executeStatement(con, sql);
	}

	for (i = 0; i < ntellers * scale; i++)
	{
		snprintf(sql, 256, "insert into pgbench_tellers values (%d,%d,0,0,0,0,0,0)",
				 i + 1, i / ntellers + 1);
		executeStatement(con, sql);
	}

	executeStatement(con, "commit");

	/*
	 * fill the pgbench_accounts table with some data
	 */
	fprintf(stderr, "creating tables...\n");

	executeStatement(con, "begin");
	executeStatement(con, "truncate pgbench_accounts");

	res = PQexec(con, "copy pgbench_accounts from stdin");
	if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COPY_IN)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}
	PQclear(res);

	for (i = 0; i < naccounts * scale; i++)
	{
		int			j = i + 1;

		snprintf(sql, 256, "%d\t%d\t%d\t \t%d\t \t%d\t \n", j, i / naccounts + 1, 0,0,0);
		if (PQputline(con, sql))
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "PQputline failed\n");
			exit(1);
		}

		if (j % 100000 == 0)
			fprintf(stderr, "%d tuples done.\n", j);
	}
	if (PQputline(con, "\\.\n"))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "very last PQputline failed\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	if (PQendcopy(con))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "PQendcopy failed\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	executeStatement(con, "commit");

	/* vacuum */
	if (!is_no_vacuum)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "vacuum...\n");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_branches");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_tellers");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_accounts");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_history");
	}

	/*
	 * create indexes
	 */
	fprintf(stderr, "set primary keys...\n");
	for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLAFTERs); i++)
	{
		char		buffer[256];

		strncpy(buffer, DDLAFTERs[i], 256);

		if (index_tablespace != NULL)
		{
			char	   *escape_tablespace;

			escape_tablespace = PQescapeIdentifier(con, index_tablespace,
												   strlen(index_tablespace));
			snprintf(buffer + strlen(buffer), 256 - strlen(buffer),
					 " using index tablespace %s", escape_tablespace);
			PQfreemem(escape_tablespace);
		}

		executeStatement(con, buffer);
	}

	/*
	 * create foreign keys
	 */
	if (foreign_keys)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "set foreign keys...\n");
		for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLKEYs); i++)
		{
			executeStatement(con, DDLKEYs[i]);
		}
	}


	fprintf(stderr, "done.\n");
	PQfinish(con);
}

/*
 * Parse the raw sql and replace :param to $n.
 */
static bool
parseQuery(Command *cmd, const char *raw_sql)
{
	char	   *sql,
			   *p;

	sql = xstrdup(raw_sql);
	cmd->argc = 1;

	p = sql;
	while ((p = strchr(p, ':')) != NULL)
	{
		char		var[12];
		char	   *name;
		int			eaten;

		name = parseVariable(p, &eaten);
		if (name == NULL)
		{
			while (*p == ':')
			{
				p++;
			}
			continue;
		}

		if (cmd->argc >= MAX_ARGS)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "statement has too many arguments (maximum is %d): %s\n", MAX_ARGS - 1, raw_sql);
			return false;
		}

		sprintf(var, "$%d", cmd->argc);
		p = replaceVariable(&sql, p, eaten, var);

		cmd->argv[cmd->argc] = name;
		cmd->argc++;
	}

	cmd->argv[0] = sql;
	return true;
}

/* Parse a command; return a Command struct, or NULL if it's a comment */
static Command *
process_commands(char *buf)
{
	const char	delim[] = " \f\n\r\t\v";

	Command    *my_commands;
	int			j;
	char	   *p,
			   *tok;

	/* Make the string buf end at the next newline */
	if ((p = strchr(buf, '\n')) != NULL)
		*p = '\0';

	/* Skip leading whitespace */
	p = buf;
	while (isspace((unsigned char) *p))
		p++;

	/* If the line is empty or actually a comment, we're done */
	if (*p == '\0' || strncmp(p, "--", 2) == 0)
		return NULL;

	/* Allocate and initialize Command structure */
	my_commands = (Command *) xmalloc(sizeof(Command));
	my_commands->line = xstrdup(buf);
	my_commands->command_num = num_commands++;
	my_commands->type = 0;		/* until set */
	my_commands->argc = 0;

	if (*p == '\\')
	{
		my_commands->type = META_COMMAND;

		j = 0;
		tok = strtok(++p, delim);

		while (tok != NULL)
		{
			my_commands->argv[j++] = xstrdup(tok);
			my_commands->argc++;
			tok = strtok(NULL, delim);
		}

		if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "setrandom") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 4)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			for (j = 4; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "set") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 3)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			for (j = my_commands->argc < 5 ? 3 : 5; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "sleep") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 2)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			/*
			 * Split argument into number and unit to allow "sleep 1ms" etc.
			 * We don't have to terminate the number argument with null
			 * because it will be parsed with atoi, which ignores trailing
			 * non-digit characters.
			 */
			if (my_commands->argv[1][0] != ':')
			{
				char	   *c = my_commands->argv[1];

				while (isdigit((unsigned char) *c))
					c++;
				if (*c)
				{
					my_commands->argv[2] = c;
					if (my_commands->argc < 3)
						my_commands->argc = 3;
				}
			}

			if (my_commands->argc >= 3)
			{
				if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "us") != 0 &&
					pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "ms") != 0 &&
					pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "s") != 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: unknown time unit '%s' - must be us, ms or s\n",
							my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[2]);
					exit(1);
				}
			}

			for (j = 3; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "setshell") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 3)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "shell") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 1)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing command\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Invalid command %s\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
			exit(1);
		}
	}
	else
	{
		my_commands->type = SQL_COMMAND;

		switch (querymode)
		{
			case QUERY_SIMPLE:
				my_commands->argv[0] = xstrdup(p);
				my_commands->argc++;
				break;
			case QUERY_EXTENDED:
			case QUERY_PREPARED:
				if (!parseQuery(my_commands, p))
					exit(1);
				break;
			default:
				exit(1);
		}
	}

	return my_commands;
}

static int
process_file(char *filename)
{
#define COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM 128

	Command   **my_commands;
	FILE	   *fd;
	int			lineno;
	char		buf[BUFSIZ];
	int			alloc_num;

	if (num_files >= MAX_FILES)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Up to only %d SQL files are allowed\n", MAX_FILES);
		exit(1);
	}

	alloc_num = COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
	my_commands = (Command **) xmalloc(sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);

	if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
		fd = stdin;
	else if ((fd = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", filename, strerror(errno));
		return false;
	}

	lineno = 0;

	while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fd) != NULL)
	{
		Command    *command;

		command = process_commands(buf);
		if (command == NULL)
			continue;

		my_commands[lineno] = command;
		lineno++;

		if (lineno >= alloc_num)
		{
			alloc_num += COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
			my_commands = xrealloc(my_commands, sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);
		}
	}
	fclose(fd);

	my_commands[lineno] = NULL;

	sql_files[num_files++] = my_commands;

	return true;
}

static Command **
process_builtin(char *tb)
{
#define COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM 128

	Command   **my_commands;
	int			lineno;
	char		buf[BUFSIZ];
	int			alloc_num;

	alloc_num = COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
	my_commands = (Command **) xmalloc(sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);

	lineno = 0;

	for (;;)
	{
		char	   *p;
		Command    *command;

		p = buf;
		while (*tb && *tb != '\n')
			*p++ = *tb++;

		if (*tb == '\0')
			break;

		if (*tb == '\n')
			tb++;

		*p = '\0';

		command = process_commands(buf);
		if (command == NULL)
			continue;

		my_commands[lineno] = command;
		lineno++;

		if (lineno >= alloc_num)
		{
			alloc_num += COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
			my_commands = xrealloc(my_commands, sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);
		}
	}

	my_commands[lineno] = NULL;

	return my_commands;
}

/* print out results */
static void
printResults(int ttype, int normal_xacts, int nclients,
			 TState *threads, int nthreads,
			 instr_time total_time, instr_time conn_total_time)
{
	double		time_include,
				tps_include,
				tps_exclude;
	char	   *s;

	time_include = INSTR_TIME_GET_DOUBLE(total_time);
	tps_include = normal_xacts / time_include;
	tps_exclude = normal_xacts / (time_include -
						(INSTR_TIME_GET_DOUBLE(conn_total_time) / nthreads));

	if (ttype == 0)
		s = "TPC-B (sort of)";
	else if (ttype == 2)
		s = "Update only pgbench_accounts";
	else if (ttype == 1)
		s = "SELECT only";
	else
		s = "Custom query";

	printf("transaction type: %s\n", s);
	printf("scaling factor: %d\n", scale);
	printf("query mode: %s\n", QUERYMODE[querymode]);
	printf("number of clients: %d\n", nclients);
	printf("number of threads: %d\n", nthreads);
	if (duration <= 0)
	{
		printf("number of transactions per client: %d\n", nxacts);
		printf("number of transactions actually processed: %d/%d\n",
			   normal_xacts, nxacts * nclients);
	}
	else
	{
		printf("duration: %d s\n", duration);
		printf("number of transactions actually processed: %d\n",
			   normal_xacts);
	}
	printf("tps = %f (including connections establishing)\n", tps_include);
	printf("tps = %f (excluding connections establishing)\n", tps_exclude);

	/* Report per-command latencies */
	if (is_latencies)
	{
		int			i;

		for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
		{
			Command   **commands;

			if (num_files > 1)
				printf("statement latencies in milliseconds, file %d:\n", i + 1);
			else
				printf("statement latencies in milliseconds:\n");

			for (commands = sql_files[i]; *commands != NULL; commands++)
			{
				Command    *command = *commands;
				int			cnum = command->command_num;
				double		total_time;
				instr_time	total_exec_elapsed;
				int			total_exec_count;
				int			t;

				/* Accumulate per-thread data for command */
				INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(total_exec_elapsed);
				total_exec_count = 0;
				for (t = 0; t < nthreads; t++)
				{
					TState	   *thread = &threads[t];

					INSTR_TIME_ADD(total_exec_elapsed,
								   thread->exec_elapsed[cnum]);
					total_exec_count += thread->exec_count[cnum];
				}

				if (total_exec_count > 0)
					total_time = INSTR_TIME_GET_MILLISEC(total_exec_elapsed) / (double) total_exec_count;
				else
					total_time = 0.0;

				printf("\t%f\t%s\n", total_time, command->line);
			}
		}
	}
}


int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
	int			c;
	int			nclients = 1;	/* default number of simulated clients */
	int			nthreads = 1;	/* default number of threads */
	int			is_init_mode = 0;		/* initialize mode? */
	int			is_no_vacuum = 0;		/* no vacuum at all before testing? */
	int			do_vacuum_accounts = 0; /* do vacuum accounts before testing? */
	int			ttype = 0;		/* transaction type. 0: TPC-B, 1: SELECT only,
								 * 2: skip update of branches and tellers */
	int			optindex;
	char	   *filename = NULL;
	bool		scale_given = false;

	CState	   *state;			/* status of clients */
	TState	   *threads;		/* array of thread */

	instr_time	start_time;		/* start up time */
	instr_time	total_time;
	instr_time	conn_total_time;
	int			total_xacts;

	int			i;

	static struct option long_options[] = {
		{"foreign-keys", no_argument, &foreign_keys, 1},
		{"index-tablespace", required_argument, NULL, 3},
		{"tablespace", required_argument, NULL, 2},
		{"unlogged-tables", no_argument, &unlogged_tables, 1},
		{NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
	};

#ifdef HAVE_GETRLIMIT
	struct rlimit rlim;
#endif

	PGconn	   *con;
	PGresult   *res;
	char	   *env;

	char		val[64];

	progname = get_progname(argv[0]);

	if (argc > 1)
	{
		if (strcmp(argv[1], "--help") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "-?") == 0)
		{
			usage();
			exit(0);
		}
		if (strcmp(argv[1], "--version") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "-V") == 0)
		{
			puts("pgbench (PostgreSQL) " PG_VERSION);
			exit(0);
		}
	}

#ifdef WIN32
	/* stderr is buffered on Win32. */
	setvbuf(stderr, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
#endif

	if ((env = getenv("PGHOST")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		pghost = env;
	if ((env = getenv("PGPORT")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		pgport = env;
	else if ((env = getenv("PGUSER")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		login = env;

	state = (CState *) xmalloc(sizeof(CState));
	memset(state, 0, sizeof(CState));

	while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "ih:nvp:dSNc:j:Crs:t:T:U:lf:D:F:M:", long_options, &optindex)) != -1)
	{
		switch (c)
		{
			case 'i':
				is_init_mode++;
				break;
			case 'h':
				pghost = optarg;
				break;
			case 'n':
				is_no_vacuum++;
				break;
			case 'v':
				do_vacuum_accounts++;
				break;
			case 'p':
				pgport = optarg;
				break;
			case 'd':
				debug++;
				break;
			case 'S':
				ttype = 1;
				break;
			case 'N':
				ttype = 2;
				break;
			case 'c':
				nclients = atoi(optarg);
				if (nclients <= 0 || nclients > MAXCLIENTS)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of clients: %d\n", nclients);
					exit(1);
				}
#ifdef HAVE_GETRLIMIT
#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE			/* most platforms use RLIMIT_NOFILE */
				if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim) == -1)
#else							/* but BSD doesn't ... */
				if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_OFILE, &rlim) == -1)
#endif   /* RLIMIT_NOFILE */
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "getrlimit failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
					exit(1);
				}
				if (rlim.rlim_cur <= (nclients + 2))
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "You need at least %d open files but you are only allowed to use %ld.\n", nclients + 2, (long) rlim.rlim_cur);
					fprintf(stderr, "Use limit/ulimit to increase the limit before using pgbench.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
#endif   /* HAVE_GETRLIMIT */
				break;
			case 'j':			/* jobs */
				nthreads = atoi(optarg);
				if (nthreads <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of threads: %d\n", nthreads);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'C':
				is_connect = true;
				break;
			case 'r':
				is_latencies = true;
				break;
			case 's':
				scale_given = true;
				scale = atoi(optarg);
				if (scale <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid scaling factor: %d\n", scale);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 't':
				if (duration > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "specify either a number of transactions (-t) or a duration (-T), not both.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				nxacts = atoi(optarg);
				if (nxacts <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of transactions: %d\n", nxacts);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'T':
				if (nxacts > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "specify either a number of transactions (-t) or a duration (-T), not both.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				duration = atoi(optarg);
				if (duration <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid duration: %d\n", duration);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'U':
				login = optarg;
				break;
			case 'l':
				use_log = true;
				break;
			case 'f':
				ttype = 3;
				filename = optarg;
				if (process_file(filename) == false || *sql_files[num_files - 1] == NULL)
					exit(1);
				break;
			case 'D':
				{
					char	   *p;

					if ((p = strchr(optarg, '=')) == NULL || p == optarg || *(p + 1) == '\0')
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "invalid variable definition: %s\n", optarg);
						exit(1);
					}

					*p++ = '\0';
					if (!putVariable(&state[0], "option", optarg, p))
						exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'F':
				fillfactor = atoi(optarg);
				if ((fillfactor < 10) || (fillfactor > 100))
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid fillfactor: %d\n", fillfactor);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'M':
				if (num_files > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "query mode (-M) should be specifiled before transaction scripts (-f)\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				for (querymode = 0; querymode < NUM_QUERYMODE; querymode++)
					if (strcmp(optarg, QUERYMODE[querymode]) == 0)
						break;
				if (querymode >= NUM_QUERYMODE)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid query mode (-M): %s\n", optarg);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 0:
				/* This covers long options which take no argument. */
				break;
			case 2:				/* tablespace */
				tablespace = optarg;
				break;
			case 3:				/* index-tablespace */
				index_tablespace = optarg;
				break;
			default:
				fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
				exit(1);
				break;
		}
	}

	if (argc > optind)
		dbName = argv[optind];
	else
	{
		if ((env = getenv("PGDATABASE")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
			dbName = env;
		else if (login != NULL && *login != '\0')
			dbName = login;
		else
			dbName = "";
	}

	if (is_init_mode)
	{
		init(is_no_vacuum);
		exit(0);
	}

	/* Use DEFAULT_NXACTS if neither nxacts nor duration is specified. */
	if (nxacts <= 0 && duration <= 0)
		nxacts = DEFAULT_NXACTS;

	if (nclients % nthreads != 0)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "number of clients (%d) must be a multiple of number of threads (%d)\n", nclients, nthreads);
		exit(1);
	}

	/*
	 * is_latencies only works with multiple threads in thread-based
	 * implementations, not fork-based ones, because it supposes that the
	 * parent can see changes made to the per-thread execution stats by child
	 * threads.  It seems useful enough to accept despite this limitation, but
	 * perhaps we should FIXME someday (by passing the stats data back up
	 * through the parent-to-child pipes).
	 */
#ifndef ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY
	if (is_latencies && nthreads > 1)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "-r does not work with -j larger than 1 on this platform.\n");
		exit(1);
	}
#endif

	/*
	 * save main process id in the global variable because process id will be
	 * changed after fork.
	 */
	main_pid = (int) getpid();

	if (nclients > 1)
	{
		state = (CState *) xrealloc(state, sizeof(CState) * nclients);
		memset(state + 1, 0, sizeof(CState) * (nclients - 1));

		/* copy any -D switch values to all clients */
		for (i = 1; i < nclients; i++)
		{
			int			j;

			state[i].id = i;
			for (j = 0; j < state[0].nvariables; j++)
			{
				if (!putVariable(&state[i], "startup", state[0].variables[j].name, state[0].variables[j].value))
					exit(1);
			}
		}
	}

	if (debug)
	{
		if (duration <= 0)
			printf("pghost: %s pgport: %s nclients: %d nxacts: %d dbName: %s\n",
				   pghost, pgport, nclients, nxacts, dbName);
		else
			printf("pghost: %s pgport: %s nclients: %d duration: %d dbName: %s\n",
				   pghost, pgport, nclients, duration, dbName);
	}

	/* opening connection... */
	con = doConnect();
	if (con == NULL)
		exit(1);

	if (PQstatus(con) == CONNECTION_BAD)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", dbName);
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}

	if (ttype != 3)
	{
		/*
		 * get the scaling factor that should be same as count(*) from
		 * pgbench_branches if this is not a custom query
		 */
		res = PQexec(con, "select count(*) from pgbench_branches");
		if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
			exit(1);
		}
		scale = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, 0));
		if (scale < 0)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "count(*) from pgbench_branches invalid (%d)\n", scale);
			exit(1);
		}
		PQclear(res);

		/* warn if we override user-given -s switch */
		if (scale_given)
			fprintf(stderr,
			"Scale option ignored, using pgbench_branches table count = %d\n",
					scale);
	}

	/*
	 * :scale variables normally get -s or database scale, but don't override
	 * an explicit -D switch
	 */
	if (getVariable(&state[0], "scale") == NULL)
	{
		snprintf(val, sizeof(val), "%d", scale);
		for (i = 0; i < nclients; i++)
		{
			if (!putVariable(&state[i], "startup", "scale", val))
				exit(1);
		}
	}

	if (!is_no_vacuum)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "starting vacuum...");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum pgbench_branches");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum pgbench_tellers");
		executeStatement(con, "truncate pgbench_history");
		fprintf(stderr, "end.\n");

		if (do_vacuum_accounts)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "starting vacuum pgbench_accounts...");
			executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_accounts");
			fprintf(stderr, "end.\n");
		}
	}
	PQfinish(con);

	/* set random seed */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start_time);
	srandom((unsigned int) INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(start_time));

	/* process builtin SQL scripts */
	switch (ttype)
	{
		case 0:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(tpc_b);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		case 1:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(select_only);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		case 2:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(simple_update);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		default:
			break;
	}

	/* set up thread data structures */
	threads = (TState *) xmalloc(sizeof(TState) * nthreads);
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		TState	   *thread = &threads[i];

		thread->tid = i;
		thread->state = &state[nclients / nthreads * i];
		thread->nstate = nclients / nthreads;
		thread->random_state[0] = random();
		thread->random_state[1] = random();
		thread->random_state[2] = random();

		if (is_latencies)
		{
			/* Reserve memory for the thread to store per-command latencies */
			int			t;

			thread->exec_elapsed = (instr_time *)
				xmalloc(sizeof(instr_time) * num_commands);
			thread->exec_count = (int *)
				xmalloc(sizeof(int) * num_commands);

			for (t = 0; t < num_commands; t++)
			{
				INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(thread->exec_elapsed[t]);
				thread->exec_count[t] = 0;
			}
		}
		else
		{
			thread->exec_elapsed = NULL;
			thread->exec_count = NULL;
		}
	}

	/* get start up time */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start_time);

	/* set alarm if duration is specified. */
	if (duration > 0)
		setalarm(duration);

	/* start threads */
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		TState	   *thread = &threads[i];

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(thread->start_time);

		/* the first thread (i = 0) is executed by main thread */
		if (i > 0)
		{
			int			err = pthread_create(&thread->thread, NULL, threadRun, thread);

			if (err != 0 || thread->thread == INVALID_THREAD)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "cannot create thread: %s\n", strerror(err));
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else
		{
			thread->thread = INVALID_THREAD;
		}
	}

	/* wait for threads and accumulate results */
	total_xacts = 0;
	INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(conn_total_time);
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		void	   *ret = NULL;

		if (threads[i].thread == INVALID_THREAD)
			ret = threadRun(&threads[i]);
		else
			pthread_join(threads[i].thread, &ret);

		if (ret != NULL)
		{
			TResult    *r = (TResult *) ret;

			total_xacts += r->xacts;
			INSTR_TIME_ADD(conn_total_time, r->conn_time);
			free(ret);
		}
	}
	disconnect_all(state, nclients);

	/* get end time */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(total_time);
	INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(total_time, start_time);
	printResults(ttype, total_xacts, nclients, threads, nthreads,
				 total_time, conn_total_time);

	return 0;
}

static void *
threadRun(void *arg)
{
	TState	   *thread = (TState *) arg;
	CState	   *state = thread->state;
	TResult    *result;
	FILE	   *logfile = NULL; /* per-thread log file */
	instr_time	start,
				end;
	int			nstate = thread->nstate;
	int			remains = nstate;		/* number of remaining clients */
	int			i;

	result = xmalloc(sizeof(TResult));
	INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(result->conn_time);

	/* open log file if requested */
	if (use_log)
	{
		char		logpath[64];

		if (thread->tid == 0)
			snprintf(logpath, sizeof(logpath), "pgbench_log.%d", main_pid);
		else
			snprintf(logpath, sizeof(logpath), "pgbench_log.%d.%d", main_pid, thread->tid);
		logfile = fopen(logpath, "w");

		if (logfile == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Couldn't open logfile \"%s\": %s", logpath, strerror(errno));
			goto done;
		}
	}

	if (!is_connect)
	{
		/* make connections to the database */
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			if ((state[i].con = doConnect()) == NULL)
				goto done;
		}
	}

	/* time after thread and connections set up */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(result->conn_time);
	INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(result->conn_time, thread->start_time);

	/* send start up queries in async manner */
	for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
	{
		CState	   *st = &state[i];
		Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
		int			prev_ecnt = st->ecnt;

		st->use_file = getrand(thread, 0, num_files - 1);
		if (!doCustom(thread, st, &result->conn_time, logfile))
			remains--;			/* I've aborted */

		if (st->ecnt > prev_ecnt && commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Execution meta-command failed.\n", i, st->state);
			remains--;			/* I've aborted */
			PQfinish(st->con);
			st->con = NULL;
		}
	}

	while (remains > 0)
	{
		fd_set		input_mask;
		int			maxsock;	/* max socket number to be waited */
		int64		now_usec = 0;
		int64		min_usec;

		FD_ZERO(&input_mask);

		maxsock = -1;
		min_usec = INT64_MAX;
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			CState	   *st = &state[i];
			Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
			int			sock;

			if (st->sleeping)
			{
				int			this_usec;

				if (min_usec == INT64_MAX)
				{
					instr_time	now;

					INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
					now_usec = INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now);
				}

				this_usec = st->until - now_usec;
				if (min_usec > this_usec)
					min_usec = this_usec;
			}
			else if (st->con == NULL)
			{
				continue;
			}
			else if (commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
			{
				min_usec = 0;	/* the connection is ready to run */
				break;
			}

			sock = PQsocket(st->con);
			if (sock < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "bad socket: %s\n", strerror(errno));
				goto done;
			}

			FD_SET(sock, &input_mask);

			if (maxsock < sock)
				maxsock = sock;
		}

		if (min_usec > 0 && maxsock != -1)
		{
			int			nsocks; /* return from select(2) */

			if (min_usec != INT64_MAX)
			{
				struct timeval timeout;

				timeout.tv_sec = min_usec / 1000000;
				timeout.tv_usec = min_usec % 1000000;
				nsocks = select(maxsock + 1, &input_mask, NULL, NULL, &timeout);
			}
			else
				nsocks = select(maxsock + 1, &input_mask, NULL, NULL, NULL);
			if (nsocks < 0)
			{
				if (errno == EINTR)
					continue;
				/* must be something wrong */
				fprintf(stderr, "select failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
				goto done;
			}
		}

		/* ok, backend returns reply */
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			CState	   *st = &state[i];
			Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
			int			prev_ecnt = st->ecnt;

			if (st->con && (FD_ISSET(PQsocket(st->con), &input_mask)
							|| commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND))
			{
				if (!doCustom(thread, st, &result->conn_time, logfile))
					remains--;	/* I've aborted */
			}

			if (st->ecnt > prev_ecnt && commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Execution of meta-command failed.\n", i, st->state);
				remains--;		/* I've aborted */
				PQfinish(st->con);
				st->con = NULL;
			}
		}
	}

done:
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start);
	disconnect_all(state, nstate);
	result->xacts = 0;
	for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		result->xacts += state[i].cnt;
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(end);
	INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(result->conn_time, end, start);
	if (logfile)
		fclose(logfile);
	return result;
}


/*
 * Support for duration option: set timer_exceeded after so many seconds.
 */

#ifndef WIN32

static void
handle_sig_alarm(SIGNAL_ARGS)
{
	timer_exceeded = true;
}

static void
setalarm(int seconds)
{
	pqsignal(SIGALRM, handle_sig_alarm);
	alarm(seconds);
}

#ifndef ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY

/*
 * implements pthread using fork.
 */

typedef struct fork_pthread
{
	pid_t		pid;
	int			pipes[2];
}	fork_pthread;

static int
pthread_create(pthread_t *thread,
			   pthread_attr_t *attr,
			   void *(*start_routine) (void *),
			   void *arg)
{
	fork_pthread *th;
	void	   *ret;

	th = (fork_pthread *) xmalloc(sizeof(fork_pthread));
	if (pipe(th->pipes) < 0)
	{
		free(th);
		return errno;
	}

	th->pid = fork();
	if (th->pid == -1)			/* error */
	{
		free(th);
		return errno;
	}
	if (th->pid != 0)			/* in parent process */
	{
		close(th->pipes[1]);
		*thread = th;
		return 0;
	}

	/* in child process */
	close(th->pipes[0]);

	/* set alarm again because the child does not inherit timers */
	if (duration > 0)
		setalarm(duration);

	ret = start_routine(arg);
	write(th->pipes[1], ret, sizeof(TResult));
	close(th->pipes[1]);
	free(th);
	exit(0);
}

static int
pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return)
{
	int			status;

	while (waitpid(th->pid, &status, 0) != th->pid)
	{
		if (errno != EINTR)
			return errno;
	}

	if (thread_return != NULL)
	{
		/* assume result is TResult */
		*thread_return = xmalloc(sizeof(TResult));
		if (read(th->pipes[0], *thread_return, sizeof(TResult)) != sizeof(TResult))
		{
			free(*thread_return);
			*thread_return = NULL;
		}
	}
	close(th->pipes[0]);

	free(th);
	return 0;
}
#endif
#else							/* WIN32 */

static VOID CALLBACK
win32_timer_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired)
{
	timer_exceeded = true;
}

static void
setalarm(int seconds)
{
	HANDLE		queue;
	HANDLE		timer;

	/* This function will be called at most once, so we can cheat a bit. */
	queue = CreateTimerQueue();
	if (seconds > ((DWORD) -1) / 1000 ||
		!CreateTimerQueueTimer(&timer, queue,
							   win32_timer_callback, NULL, seconds * 1000, 0,
							   WT_EXECUTEINTIMERTHREAD | WT_EXECUTEONLYONCE))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Failed to set timer\n");
		exit(1);
	}
}

/* partial pthread implementation for Windows */

typedef struct win32_pthread
{
	HANDLE		handle;
	void	   *(*routine) (void *);
	void	   *arg;
	void	   *result;
} win32_pthread;

static unsigned __stdcall
win32_pthread_run(void *arg)
{
	win32_pthread *th = (win32_pthread *) arg;

	th->result = th->routine(th->arg);

	return 0;
}

static int
pthread_create(pthread_t *thread,
			   pthread_attr_t *attr,
			   void *(*start_routine) (void *),
			   void *arg)
{
	int			save_errno;
	win32_pthread *th;

	th = (win32_pthread *) xmalloc(sizeof(win32_pthread));
	th->routine = start_routine;
	th->arg = arg;
	th->result = NULL;

	th->handle = (HANDLE) _beginthreadex(NULL, 0, win32_pthread_run, th, 0, NULL);
	if (th->handle == NULL)
	{
		save_errno = errno;
		free(th);
		return save_errno;
	}

	*thread = th;
	return 0;
}

static int
pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return)
{
	if (th == NULL || th->handle == NULL)
		return errno = EINVAL;

	if (WaitForSingleObject(th->handle, INFINITE) != WAIT_OBJECT_0)
	{
		_dosmaperr(GetLastError());
		return errno;
	}

	if (thread_return)
		*thread_return = th->result;

	CloseHandle(th->handle);
	free(th);
	return 0;
}

#endif   /* WIN32 */
pgbench_sync_commit_on.htmtext/html; name=pgbench_sync_commit_on.htmDownload
#7Amit kapila
amit.kapila@huawei.com
In reply to: Amit kapila (#6)
3 attachment(s)

From: pgsql-hackers-owner@postgresql.org [pgsql-hackers-owner@postgresql.org] on behalf of Amit kapila [amit.kapila@huawei.com]
From: pgsql-hackers-owner@postgresql.org [pgsql-hackers-owner@postgresql.org] on behalf of Amit Kapila [amit.kapila@huawei.com]
Sent: Friday, August 24, 2012 9:16 AM
From: Bruce Momjian [mailto:bruce@momjian.us]
Sent: Friday, August 24, 2012 2:12 AM
On Wed, Aug 22, 2012 at 07:38:33PM +0530, Amit Kapila wrote:

I have implemented the WAL Reduction Patch for the case of HOT Update as pointed out by Simon and Robert. In this patch it only goes for Optimized WAL in case of HOT Update with other restrictions same as in previous patch.

The performance numbers for this patch are attached in this mail. It has improved by 90% if the page has fillfactor 80.

Now going forward I have following options:
a. Upload the patch in Open CF for WAL Reduction which contains reductution for HOT and non-HOT updates.
b. Upload the patch in Open CF for WAL Reduction which contains reductution for HOT updates.
c. Upload both the patches as different versions.

Can you suggest which should be the best way to go for this Patch?

Based on above I should send the testing I have done for this Patch.

Any other Suggestions?

With Regards,
Amit Kapila.

Attachments:

wal_update_changes_hot_update.patchtext/plain; name=wal_update_changes_hot_update.patchDownload
diff --git a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
index 034dfe5..371ef21 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/common/heaptuple.c
@@ -618,6 +618,428 @@ heap_copytuple_with_tuple(HeapTuple src, HeapTuple dest)
 }
 
 /*
+ * get_tuple_info - Gets the tuple offset and value.
+ *
+ * calculates the attribute value and offset, where the attribute ends in the
+ * tuple based on the attribute number and previous fetched attribute info.
+ *
+ * offset (I/P and O/P variable) - Input as end of previous attribute offset
+ *		and incase if it is a first attribute then it's value is zero.
+ *		Output as end of the current attribute in the tuple.
+ * usecacheoff (I/P and O/P variable) - Attribute cacheoff can be used or not.
+ */
+static void
+get_tuple_info(Form_pg_attribute *att, HeapTuple tuple, bits8 *bp,
+			   bool hasnulls, int attnum, Datum *value, uint16 *offset,
+			   bool *usecacheoff)
+{
+	Form_pg_attribute thisatt = att[attnum];
+	uint16		off = *offset;
+	bool		slow = *usecacheoff;
+	char	   *tp;
+	HeapTupleHeader tup = tuple->t_data;
+
+	tp = (char *) tup + tup->t_hoff;
+
+	if (hasnulls && att_isnull(attnum, bp))
+	{
+		slow = true;			/* can't use attcacheoff anymore */
+		*offset = off;
+		*usecacheoff = slow;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!slow && thisatt->attcacheoff >= 0)
+		off = thisatt->attcacheoff;
+	else if (thisatt->attlen == -1)
+	{
+		/*
+		 * We can only cache the offset for a varlena attribute if the offset
+		 * is already suitably aligned, so that there would be no pad bytes in
+		 * any case: then the offset will be valid for either an aligned or
+		 * unaligned value.
+		 */
+		if (!slow &&
+			off == att_align_nominal(off, thisatt->attalign))
+			thisatt->attcacheoff = off;
+		else
+		{
+			off = att_align_pointer(off, thisatt->attalign, -1,
+									tp + off);
+			slow = true;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* not varlena, so safe to use att_align_nominal */
+		off = att_align_nominal(off, thisatt->attalign);
+
+		if (!slow)
+			thisatt->attcacheoff = off;
+	}
+
+	*value = fetchatt(thisatt, tp + off);
+
+	off = att_addlength_pointer(off, thisatt->attlen, tp + off);
+
+	if (thisatt->attlen <= 0)
+		slow = true;			/* can't use attcacheoff anymore */
+
+	*offset = off;
+	*usecacheoff = slow;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * encode_xlog_update
+ *		Forms a diff tuple from old and new tuple with the modified columns.
+ *
+ *		att - attribute list.
+ *		oldtup - pointer to the old tuple.
+ *		heaptup - pointer to the modified tuple.
+ *		wal_tup - pointer to the wal record which needs to be formed from old
+				  and new tuples by using the modified columns list.
+ *		modifiedCols - modified columns list by the update command.
+ */
+void
+encode_xlog_update(Form_pg_attribute *att, HeapTuple oldtup,
+				   HeapTuple heaptup, HeapTuple wal_tup,
+				   Bitmapset *modifiedCols)
+{
+	int			numberOfAttributes;
+	uint16		cur_offset = 0,
+				prev_offset = 0,
+				offset = 0;
+	int			attnum;
+	HeapTupleHeader newtuphdr = heaptup->t_data;
+	bits8	   *new_bp = newtuphdr->t_bits,
+			   *old_bp = oldtup->t_data->t_bits;
+	bool		old_hasnulls = HeapTupleHasNulls(oldtup);
+	bool		new_hasnulls = HeapTupleHasNulls(heaptup);
+	bool		cur_usecacheoff = false,
+				prev_usecacheoff = false;
+	Datum		cur_value,
+				prev_value;
+	uint16		data_length;
+	bool		check_for_padding = false;
+	char	   *data;
+	uint16		wal_offset = 0;
+
+	numberOfAttributes = HeapTupleHeaderGetNatts(newtuphdr);
+
+	data = (char *) wal_tup->t_data;
+	wal_offset = newtuphdr->t_hoff;
+
+	/* Copy the tuple header to the WAL tuple */
+	memcpy(data, heaptup->t_data, wal_offset);
+
+	for (attnum = 0; attnum < numberOfAttributes; attnum++)
+	{
+		/*
+		 * If the attribute is modified by the update operation, store the
+		 * appropiate offsets in the WAL record, otherwise skip to the next
+		 * attribute.
+		 */
+		if (bms_is_member((attnum + 1) - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
+						  modifiedCols))
+		{
+			check_for_padding = true;
+
+			/*
+			 * calculate the offset where the modified attribute starts in the
+			 * old tuple used to store in the WAL record, this will be used to
+			 * traverse the old tuple during recovery.
+			 */
+			if (prev_offset)
+			{
+				*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_COPY;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+				wal_offset = SHORTALIGN(wal_offset);
+
+				*(uint16 *) (data + wal_offset) = prev_offset;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint16);
+			}
+
+			/* calculate the old tuple field length which needs to ignored */
+			offset = prev_offset;
+			get_tuple_info(att, oldtup, old_bp, old_hasnulls, attnum,
+						   &prev_value, &prev_offset, &prev_usecacheoff);
+
+			data_length = prev_offset - offset;
+
+			if (data_length)
+			{
+				*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_IGN;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+				wal_offset = SHORTALIGN(wal_offset);
+
+				*(uint16 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint16);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * calculate the new tuple field start position to check whether
+			 * any padding is required or not.
+			 */
+			offset = cur_offset;
+			cur_offset = att_align_pointer(cur_offset,
+								  att[attnum]->attalign, att[attnum]->attlen,
+						(char *) newtuphdr + newtuphdr->t_hoff + cur_offset);
+
+			data_length = cur_offset - offset;
+
+			/*
+			 * The above calculation is required to identify, that any
+			 * alignment is required or not. And the padding command is added
+			 * only incase of that the data is not NULL. which is done at
+			 * below.
+			 */
+
+			offset = cur_offset;
+			get_tuple_info(att, heaptup, new_bp, new_hasnulls, attnum,
+						   &cur_value, &cur_offset, &cur_usecacheoff);
+
+			/* if the new tuple data is null then nothing is required to add */
+			if (new_hasnulls && att_isnull(attnum, new_bp))
+			{
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/* Add the padding if requires as the data is not NULL */
+			if (data_length)
+			{
+				*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_PAD;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+				*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+				wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+			}
+
+			/* get the attribute value and end offset for same */
+			*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_ADD;
+			wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+			wal_offset = SHORTALIGN(wal_offset);
+
+			data_length = cur_offset - offset;
+			*(uint16 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+			wal_offset += sizeof(uint16);
+
+			if (att[attnum]->attbyval)
+			{
+				/* pass-by-value */
+				char		tempdata[sizeof(Datum)];
+
+				/*
+				 * Here we are not storing the data as aligned in the WAL
+				 * record as we don't have the tuple descriptor while
+				 * replaying the xlog.
+				 *
+				 * But this alignment is of the data is taken care while
+				 * framing the tuple during heap_xlog_update.
+				 */
+				store_att_byval(tempdata,
+								cur_value,
+								att[attnum]->attlen);
+				memcpy((data + wal_offset), tempdata, att[attnum]->attlen);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				memcpy((data + wal_offset),
+					   DatumGetPointer(cur_value),
+					   data_length);
+			}
+
+			wal_offset += data_length;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/*
+			 * padding is required if the previous field is modified, so check
+			 * whether padding is required or not.
+			 *
+			 * The attnum is not modified so if the data in the old tuple is
+			 * NULL then in the new tuple also the field data is NULL.
+			 */
+			if (check_for_padding && !att_isnull(attnum, old_bp))
+			{
+				check_for_padding = false;
+
+				/*
+				 * calculate the old tuple field start position, required to
+				 * ignore if any alignmet is present.
+				 */
+				offset = prev_offset;
+				prev_offset = att_align_pointer(prev_offset,
+								  att[attnum]->attalign, att[attnum]->attlen,
+												(char *) oldtup->t_data + oldtup->t_data->t_hoff + prev_offset);
+
+				data_length = prev_offset - offset;
+
+				if (data_length)
+				{
+					*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_IGN;
+					wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+					wal_offset = SHORTALIGN(wal_offset);
+
+					*(uint16 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+					wal_offset += sizeof(uint16);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				 * calculate the new tuple field start position to check
+				 * whether any padding is required or not because field
+				 * alignment.
+				 */
+				offset = cur_offset;
+				cur_offset = att_align_pointer(cur_offset,
+								  att[attnum]->attalign, att[attnum]->attlen,
+						(char *) newtuphdr + newtuphdr->t_hoff + cur_offset);
+
+				data_length = cur_offset - offset;
+
+				if (data_length)
+				{
+					*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_PAD;
+					wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+
+					*(uint8 *) (data + wal_offset) = data_length;
+					wal_offset += sizeof(uint8);
+				}
+			}
+
+			get_tuple_info(att, oldtup, old_bp, old_hasnulls, attnum,
+						   &prev_value, &prev_offset, &prev_usecacheoff);
+
+			get_tuple_info(att, heaptup, new_bp, new_hasnulls, attnum,
+						   &cur_value, &cur_offset, &cur_usecacheoff);
+		}
+	}
+
+	wal_tup->t_len = wal_offset;
+	wal_tup->t_self = heaptup->t_self;
+	wal_tup->t_tableOid = heaptup->t_tableOid;
+}
+
+/*
+ * decode_xlog_update
+ *		deforms a diff tuple and forms the new tuple with the help of old tuple.
+ *
+ * The WAL record data is in the format as below
+ *
+ *	COPY + offset until copy required
+ *	IGN + length needs to be ignored from the old tuple.
+ *	PAD + length needs to padded with zero in new tuple.
+ *	ADD + length of data + data which is modified.
+ *
+ * For the COPY command, copy the specified length from old tuple.
+ *
+ * Once the old tuple data copied, then increase the offset by the
+ * copied length.
+ *
+ * For the IGN command, ignore the specified length in the old tuple.
+ *
+ * For the PAD command, fill with zeros of the specified length in
+ * the new tuple.
+ *
+ * For the ADD command, copy the corresponding length of data from WAL
+ * record to the new tuple.
+ *
+ * Repeat this procedure until the WAL record reaches the end.
+ *
+ * If any remaining left out old tuple data will be copied at last.
+ *
+ *	htup - old tuple data pointer from which new tuple needs to be formed.
+ *	old_tup_len - old tuple length.
+ *	data - pointer to the new tuple which needs to be framed.
+ *	new_tup_len - output of new tuple data length.
+ *	waldata - wal record pointer from which the new tuple needs to formed.
+ *	wal_len - wal record length.
+ */
+void
+decode_xlog_update(HeapTupleHeader htup, uint32 old_tup_len, char *data,
+				   uint32 *new_tup_len, char *waldata, uint32 wal_len)
+{
+	uint8		command;
+	uint16		len = 0,
+				data_length,
+				prev_offset = 0,
+				cur_offset = 0;
+	char	   *olddata = (char *) htup + htup->t_hoff;
+
+	/*
+	 * Frame the new tuple from old tuple and WAL record
+	 */
+	len = 0;
+
+	/* Frame the new tuple from the old and WAL tuples */
+	while (len < wal_len)
+	{
+		command = *(uint8 *) (waldata + len);
+		len += sizeof(uint8);
+
+		switch (command)
+		{
+			case HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_COPY:
+				len = SHORTALIGN(len);
+				data_length = *(uint16 *) (waldata + len) - prev_offset;
+
+				/* Copy the old tuple data */
+				memcpy((data + cur_offset),
+					   (olddata + prev_offset),
+					   data_length);
+				cur_offset += data_length;
+				prev_offset += data_length;
+
+				len += sizeof(uint16);
+				break;
+			case HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_ADD:
+				len = SHORTALIGN(len);
+				data_length = *(uint16 *) (waldata + len);
+				len += sizeof(uint16);
+
+				/* Copy the modified attribute data from WAL record */
+				memcpy((data + cur_offset), (waldata + len), data_length);
+				cur_offset += data_length;
+				len += data_length;
+				break;
+			case HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_IGN:
+				len = SHORTALIGN(len);
+				data_length = *(uint16 *) (waldata + len);
+
+				/* Skip the oldtuple with data length in the WAL record */
+				prev_offset += data_length;
+				len += sizeof(uint16);
+				break;
+			case HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_PAD:
+				data_length = *(uint8 *) (waldata + len);
+				cur_offset += data_length;
+				len += sizeof(uint8);
+				break;
+			default:
+				Assert(0);
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Copy the remaining old tuple data to the new tuple */
+	if (prev_offset < old_tup_len)
+	{
+		memcpy((data + cur_offset),
+			   (olddata + prev_offset),
+			   (old_tup_len - prev_offset));
+		cur_offset += (old_tup_len - prev_offset);
+	}
+
+	*new_tup_len = cur_offset
+		+ (htup->t_hoff - offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits));
+}
+
+
+/*
  * heap_form_tuple
  *		construct a tuple from the given values[] and isnull[] arrays,
  *		which are of the length indicated by tupleDescriptor->natts
diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
index f28026b..bcf830e 100644
--- a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
+++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c
@@ -70,7 +70,6 @@
 #include "utils/syscache.h"
 #include "utils/tqual.h"
 
-
 /* GUC variable */
 bool		synchronize_seqscans = true;
 
@@ -84,7 +83,8 @@ static HeapTuple heap_prepare_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup,
 					TransactionId xid, CommandId cid, int options);
 static XLogRecPtr log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf,
 				ItemPointerData from, Buffer newbuf, HeapTuple newtup,
-				bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared);
+				bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared,
+				bool diff_update);
 static bool HeapSatisfiesHOTUpdate(Relation relation, Bitmapset *hot_attrs,
 					   HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup);
 
@@ -2686,6 +2686,7 @@ simple_heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid)
  *	cid - update command ID (used for visibility test, and stored into
  *		cmax/cmin if successful)
  *	crosscheck - if not InvalidSnapshot, also check old tuple against this
+ *	modifiedCols - the modified column list of the update command.
  *	wait - true if should wait for any conflicting update to commit/abort
  *
  * Normal, successful return value is HeapTupleMayBeUpdated, which
@@ -2707,7 +2708,8 @@ simple_heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid)
 HTSU_Result
 heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup,
 			ItemPointer ctid, TransactionId *update_xmax,
-			CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, bool wait)
+			CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
+			bool wait)
 {
 	HTSU_Result result;
 	TransactionId xid = GetCurrentTransactionId();
@@ -2715,6 +2717,7 @@ heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup,
 	ItemId		lp;
 	HeapTupleData oldtup;
 	HeapTuple	heaptup;
+	HeapTupleData wal_tup;
 	Page		page;
 	BlockNumber block;
 	Buffer		buffer,
@@ -2730,6 +2733,11 @@ heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup,
 	bool		use_hot_update = false;
 	bool		all_visible_cleared = false;
 	bool		all_visible_cleared_new = false;
+	struct
+	{
+		HeapTupleHeaderData hdr;
+		char		data[MaxHeapTupleSize];
+	}			tbuf;
 
 	Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(otid));
 
@@ -3173,10 +3181,31 @@ l2:
 	/* XLOG stuff */
 	if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation))
 	{
-		XLogRecPtr	recptr = log_heap_update(relation, buffer, oldtup.t_self,
-											 newbuf, heaptup,
-											 all_visible_cleared,
-											 all_visible_cleared_new);
+		XLogRecPtr	recptr;
+
+		/*
+		 * Apply the xlog diff update algorithm only for hot updates.
+		 */
+		if (modifiedCols && use_hot_update)
+		{
+			wal_tup.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) &tbuf;
+			encode_xlog_update(relation->rd_att->attrs, &oldtup, heaptup,
+							   &wal_tup, modifiedCols);
+
+			recptr = log_heap_update(relation, buffer, oldtup.t_self,
+									 newbuf, &wal_tup,
+									 all_visible_cleared,
+									 all_visible_cleared_new,
+									 true);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			recptr = log_heap_update(relation, buffer, oldtup.t_self,
+									 newbuf, heaptup,
+									 all_visible_cleared,
+									 all_visible_cleared_new,
+									 false);
+		}
 
 		if (newbuf != buffer)
 		{
@@ -3363,6 +3392,7 @@ simple_heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple tup)
 	result = heap_update(relation, otid, tup,
 						 &update_ctid, &update_xmax,
 						 GetCurrentCommandId(true), InvalidSnapshot,
+						 NULL,
 						 true /* wait for commit */ );
 	switch (result)
 	{
@@ -4407,7 +4437,8 @@ log_heap_visible(RelFileNode rnode, BlockNumber block, Buffer vm_buffer,
 static XLogRecPtr
 log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf, ItemPointerData from,
 				Buffer newbuf, HeapTuple newtup,
-				bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared)
+				bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared,
+				bool diff_update)
 {
 	xl_heap_update xlrec;
 	xl_heap_header xlhdr;
@@ -4426,9 +4457,15 @@ log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf, ItemPointerData from,
 
 	xlrec.target.node = reln->rd_node;
 	xlrec.target.tid = from;
-	xlrec.all_visible_cleared = all_visible_cleared;
+	xlrec.diff_update = diff_update;
 	xlrec.newtid = newtup->t_self;
-	xlrec.new_all_visible_cleared = new_all_visible_cleared;
+
+	/*
+	 * MSB 4 bits tells PD_ALL_VISIBLE was cleared of new page and rest 4 bits
+	 * for the old page
+	 */
+	xlrec.new_all_visible_cleared |= all_visible_cleared;
+	xlrec.new_all_visible_cleared |= new_all_visible_cleared << 4;
 
 	rdata[0].data = (char *) &xlrec;
 	rdata[0].len = SizeOfHeapUpdate;
@@ -5217,14 +5254,18 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 	}			tbuf;
 	xl_heap_header xlhdr;
 	int			hsize;
-	uint32		newlen;
+	uint32		new_tup_len = 0;
 	Size		freespace;
 
+	/* Initialize the buffer, used to frame the new tuple */
+	MemSet((char *) &tbuf.hdr, 0, sizeof(HeapTupleHeaderData));
+	hsize = SizeOfHeapUpdate + SizeOfHeapHeader;
+
 	/*
 	 * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is
 	 * already up-to-date.
 	 */
-	if (xlrec->all_visible_cleared)
+	if (xlrec->new_all_visible_cleared & 0x0F)
 	{
 		Relation	reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(xlrec->target.node);
 		BlockNumber block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&xlrec->target.tid);
@@ -5244,12 +5285,14 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 	}
 
 	/* Deal with old tuple version */
-
 	buffer = XLogReadBuffer(xlrec->target.node,
 							ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(xlrec->target.tid)),
 							false);
 	if (!BufferIsValid(buffer))
+	{
 		goto newt;
+	}
+
 	page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
 
 	if (XLByteLE(lsn, PageGetLSN(page)))		/* changes are applied */
@@ -5269,6 +5312,29 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 
 	htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp);
 
+	if (xlrec->diff_update)
+	{
+		char	   *data = (char *) &tbuf.hdr + htup->t_hoff;
+		uint32		old_tup_len;
+		uint32		wal_len;
+		char	   *waldata = (char *) xlrec + hsize + htup->t_hoff
+		- offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits);
+
+		wal_len = record->xl_len - hsize;
+		Assert(wal_len <= MaxHeapTupleSize);
+
+		wal_len -= (htup->t_hoff - offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits));
+
+		old_tup_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp) - htup->t_hoff;
+
+		/* copy exactly the tuple header present in the WAL to new tuple */
+		memcpy((char *) &tbuf.hdr + offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits),
+			   (char *) xlrec + hsize,
+			   (htup->t_hoff - offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits)));
+
+		decode_xlog_update(htup, old_tup_len, data, &new_tup_len, waldata, wal_len);
+	}
+
 	htup->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED |
 						  HEAP_XMAX_INVALID |
 						  HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI |
@@ -5286,7 +5352,7 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 	/* Mark the page as a candidate for pruning */
 	PageSetPrunable(page, record->xl_xid);
 
-	if (xlrec->all_visible_cleared)
+	if (xlrec->new_all_visible_cleared & 0x0F)
 		PageClearAllVisible(page);
 
 	/*
@@ -5295,6 +5361,7 @@ heap_xlog_update(XLogRecPtr lsn, XLogRecord *record, bool hot_update)
 	 */
 	if (samepage)
 		goto newsame;
+
 	PageSetLSN(page, lsn);
 	PageSetTLI(page, ThisTimeLineID);
 	MarkBufferDirty(buffer);
@@ -5308,7 +5375,7 @@ newt:;
 	 * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is
 	 * already up-to-date.
 	 */
-	if (xlrec->new_all_visible_cleared)
+	if ((xlrec->new_all_visible_cleared >> 4) & 0x0F)
 	{
 		Relation	reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(xlrec->target.node);
 		BlockNumber block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&xlrec->newtid);
@@ -5355,20 +5422,24 @@ newsame:;
 	if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) + 1 < offnum)
 		elog(PANIC, "heap_update_redo: invalid max offset number");
 
-	hsize = SizeOfHeapUpdate + SizeOfHeapHeader;
-
-	newlen = record->xl_len - hsize;
-	Assert(newlen <= MaxHeapTupleSize);
 	memcpy((char *) &xlhdr,
 		   (char *) xlrec + SizeOfHeapUpdate,
 		   SizeOfHeapHeader);
+
 	htup = &tbuf.hdr;
-	MemSet((char *) htup, 0, sizeof(HeapTupleHeaderData));
-	/* PG73FORMAT: get bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */
-	memcpy((char *) htup + offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits),
-		   (char *) xlrec + hsize,
-		   newlen);
-	newlen += offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits);
+
+	if (!xlrec->diff_update)
+	{
+		new_tup_len = record->xl_len - hsize;
+		Assert(new_tup_len <= MaxHeapTupleSize);
+
+		/* PG73FORMAT: get bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */
+		memcpy((char *) htup + offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits),
+			   (char *) xlrec + hsize,
+			   new_tup_len);
+	}
+
+	new_tup_len += offsetof(HeapTupleHeaderData, t_bits);
 	htup->t_infomask2 = xlhdr.t_infomask2;
 	htup->t_infomask = xlhdr.t_infomask;
 	htup->t_hoff = xlhdr.t_hoff;
@@ -5378,7 +5449,7 @@ newsame:;
 	/* Make sure there is no forward chain link in t_ctid */
 	htup->t_ctid = xlrec->newtid;
 
-	offnum = PageAddItem(page, (Item) htup, newlen, offnum, true, true);
+	offnum = PageAddItem(page, (Item) htup, new_tup_len, offnum, true, true);
 	if (offnum == InvalidOffsetNumber)
 		elog(PANIC, "heap_update_redo: failed to add tuple");
 
diff --git a/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c b/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c
index a7bce75..756fcf7 100644
--- a/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c
+++ b/src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@
 #include "utils/memutils.h"
 #include "utils/rel.h"
 #include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "parser/parsetree.h"
 
 
 /*
@@ -478,12 +479,14 @@ ExecUpdate(ItemPointer tupleid,
 		   bool canSetTag)
 {
 	HeapTuple	tuple;
+	HeapTuple	tuple_bf_trigger;
 	ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo;
 	Relation	resultRelationDesc;
 	HTSU_Result result;
 	ItemPointerData update_ctid;
 	TransactionId update_xmax;
 	List	   *recheckIndexes = NIL;
+	Bitmapset  *modifiedCols = NULL;
 
 	/*
 	 * abort the operation if not running transactions
@@ -495,7 +498,7 @@ ExecUpdate(ItemPointer tupleid,
 	 * get the heap tuple out of the tuple table slot, making sure we have a
 	 * writable copy
 	 */
-	tuple = ExecMaterializeSlot(slot);
+	tuple = tuple_bf_trigger = ExecMaterializeSlot(slot);
 
 	/*
 	 * get information on the (current) result relation
@@ -553,6 +556,15 @@ lreplace:;
 		if (resultRelationDesc->rd_att->constr)
 			ExecConstraints(resultRelInfo, slot, estate);
 
+		/* check whether the xlog diff update can be applied or not? */
+		if ((resultRelationDesc->rd_toastoid == InvalidOid)
+			&& (tuple_bf_trigger == tuple)
+			&& (tuple->t_len > MinHeapTupleSizeForDiffUpdate))
+		{
+			modifiedCols = (rt_fetch(resultRelInfo->ri_RangeTableIndex,
+									 estate->es_range_table)->modifiedCols);
+		}
+
 		/*
 		 * replace the heap tuple
 		 *
@@ -566,6 +578,7 @@ lreplace:;
 							 &update_ctid, &update_xmax,
 							 estate->es_output_cid,
 							 estate->es_crosscheck_snapshot,
+							 modifiedCols,
 							 true /* wait for commit */ );
 		switch (result)
 		{
@@ -596,6 +609,14 @@ lreplace:;
 						*tupleid = update_ctid;
 						slot = ExecFilterJunk(resultRelInfo->ri_junkFilter, epqslot);
 						tuple = ExecMaterializeSlot(slot);
+
+						/*
+						 * Incase of revalidation reinitialize the values
+						 * which are used for the xlog diff update algorithm.
+						 */
+						tuple_bf_trigger = tuple;
+						modifiedCols = NULL;
+
 						goto lreplace;
 					}
 				}
diff --git a/src/include/access/heapam.h b/src/include/access/heapam.h
index 660a854..5e91ba8 100644
--- a/src/include/access/heapam.h
+++ b/src/include/access/heapam.h
@@ -105,7 +105,8 @@ extern HTSU_Result heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid,
 extern HTSU_Result heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid,
 			HeapTuple newtup,
 			ItemPointer ctid, TransactionId *update_xmax,
-			CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, bool wait);
+			CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, Bitmapset  *modifiedCols,
+			bool wait);
 extern HTSU_Result heap_lock_tuple(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple,
 				Buffer *buffer, ItemPointer ctid,
 				TransactionId *update_xmax, CommandId cid,
diff --git a/src/include/access/htup.h b/src/include/access/htup.h
index b289e14..9ab9713 100644
--- a/src/include/access/htup.h
+++ b/src/include/access/htup.h
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
 
 #include "access/tupdesc.h"
 #include "access/tupmacs.h"
+#include "nodes/bitmapset.h"
 #include "storage/bufpage.h"
 #include "storage/itemptr.h"
 #include "storage/relfilenode.h"
@@ -575,6 +576,11 @@ typedef HeapTupleData *HeapTuple;
 #define HeapTupleSetOid(tuple, oid) \
 		HeapTupleHeaderSetOid((tuple)->t_data, (oid))
 
+/*
+ * Minimum tuple length required by the tuple during update operation for doing
+ * WAL optimization of update operation.
+ */
+#define MinHeapTupleSizeForDiffUpdate 128
 
 /*
  * WAL record definitions for heapam.c's WAL operations
@@ -692,18 +698,29 @@ typedef struct xl_multi_insert_tuple
 
 #define SizeOfMultiInsertTuple	(offsetof(xl_multi_insert_tuple, t_hoff) + sizeof(uint8))
 
-/* This is what we need to know about update|hot_update */
+/* This is what we need to know about update|hot_update|optimized_update */
 typedef struct xl_heap_update
 {
 	xl_heaptid	target;			/* deleted tuple id */
 	ItemPointerData newtid;		/* new inserted tuple id */
-	bool		all_visible_cleared;	/* PD_ALL_VISIBLE was cleared */
-	bool		new_all_visible_cleared;		/* same for the page of newtid */
+	bool	diff_update;		/* optimized update or not */
+	/*
+	 * To keep the structure size same all_visible_cleared is merged with
+	 * new_all_visible_cleared.
+	 */
+	bool	new_all_visible_cleared; /* MSB 4 bits tells PD_ALL_VISIBLE	was
+										cleared of new page and rest 4 bits
+										for the old page */
 	/* NEW TUPLE xl_heap_header AND TUPLE DATA FOLLOWS AT END OF STRUCT */
 } xl_heap_update;
 
 #define SizeOfHeapUpdate	(offsetof(xl_heap_update, new_all_visible_cleared) + sizeof(bool))
 
+#define HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_COPY 0
+#define HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_ADD  1
+#define HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_IGN  2
+#define HEAP_UPDATE_WAL_OPT_PAD  3
+
 /*
  * This is what we need to know about vacuum page cleanup/redirect
  *
@@ -900,6 +917,11 @@ extern Datum heap_getsysattr(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc,
 				bool *isnull);
 extern HeapTuple heap_copytuple(HeapTuple tuple);
 extern void heap_copytuple_with_tuple(HeapTuple src, HeapTuple dest);
+extern void encode_xlog_update(Form_pg_attribute *att, HeapTuple oldtup,
+					 HeapTuple heaptup, HeapTuple wal_tup,
+					 Bitmapset *modifiedCols);
+extern void decode_xlog_update(HeapTupleHeader htup, uint32 old_tup_len,
+			char *data, uint32* new_tup_len, char *waldata, uint32 wal_len);
 extern HeapTuple heap_form_tuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
 				Datum *values, bool *isnull);
 extern HeapTuple heap_modify_tuple(HeapTuple tuple,
pgbench_hotupdate.htmtext/html; name=pgbench_hotupdate.htmDownload
pgbench_for_hot_update.ctext/plain; name=pgbench_for_hot_update.cDownload
/*
 * pgbench.c
 *
 * A simple benchmark program for PostgreSQL
 * Originally written by Tatsuo Ishii and enhanced by many contributors.
 *
 * contrib/pgbench/pgbench.c
 * Copyright (c) 2000-2012, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 * ALL RIGHTS RESERVED;
 *
 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
 * documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
 * is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this
 * paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
 *
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
 * LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS
 * DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE AUTHOR OR DISTRIBUTORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
 * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * THE AUTHOR AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
 * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
 * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
 * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHOR AND DISTRIBUTORS HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO
 * PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
 *
 */

#ifdef WIN32
#define FD_SETSIZE 1024			/* set before winsock2.h is included */
#endif   /* ! WIN32 */

#include "postgres_fe.h"

#include "getopt_long.h"
#include "libpq-fe.h"
#include "libpq/pqsignal.h"
#include "portability/instr_time.h"

#include <ctype.h>

#ifndef WIN32
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#endif   /* ! WIN32 */

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
#include <sys/select.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
#include <sys/resource.h>		/* for getrlimit */
#endif

#ifndef INT64_MAX
#define INT64_MAX	INT64CONST(0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF)
#endif

/*
 * Multi-platform pthread implementations
 */

#ifdef WIN32
/* Use native win32 threads on Windows */
typedef struct win32_pthread *pthread_t;
typedef int pthread_attr_t;

static int	pthread_create(pthread_t *thread, pthread_attr_t *attr, void *(*start_routine) (void *), void *arg);
static int	pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return);
#elif defined(ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY)
/* Use platform-dependent pthread capability */
#include <pthread.h>
#else
/* Use emulation with fork. Rename pthread identifiers to avoid conflicts */

#include <sys/wait.h>

#define pthread_t				pg_pthread_t
#define pthread_attr_t			pg_pthread_attr_t
#define pthread_create			pg_pthread_create
#define pthread_join			pg_pthread_join

typedef struct fork_pthread *pthread_t;
typedef int pthread_attr_t;

static int	pthread_create(pthread_t *thread, pthread_attr_t *attr, void *(*start_routine) (void *), void *arg);
static int	pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return);
#endif

extern char *optarg;
extern int	optind;


/********************************************************************
 * some configurable parameters */

/* max number of clients allowed */
#ifdef FD_SETSIZE
#define MAXCLIENTS	(FD_SETSIZE - 10)
#else
#define MAXCLIENTS	1024
#endif

#define DEFAULT_NXACTS	10		/* default nxacts */

int			nxacts = 0;			/* number of transactions per client */
int			duration = 0;		/* duration in seconds */

/*
 * scaling factor. for example, scale = 10 will make 1000000 tuples in
 * pgbench_accounts table.
 */
int			scale = 1;

/*
 * fillfactor. for example, fillfactor = 90 will use only 90 percent
 * space during inserts and leave 10 percent free.
 */
int			fillfactor = 100;

/*
 * create foreign key constraints on the tables?
 */
int			foreign_keys = 0;

/*
 * use unlogged tables?
 */
int			unlogged_tables = 0;

/*
 * tablespace selection
 */
char	   *tablespace = NULL;
char	   *index_tablespace = NULL;

/*
 * end of configurable parameters
 *********************************************************************/

#define nbranches	1			/* Makes little sense to change this.  Change
								 * -s instead */
#define ntellers	10
#define naccounts	100000

bool		use_log;			/* log transaction latencies to a file */
bool		is_connect;			/* establish connection for each transaction */
bool		is_latencies;		/* report per-command latencies */
int			main_pid;			/* main process id used in log filename */

char	   *pghost = "";
char	   *pgport = "";
char	   *login = NULL;
char	   *dbName;
const char *progname;

volatile bool timer_exceeded = false;	/* flag from signal handler */

/* variable definitions */
typedef struct
{
	char	   *name;			/* variable name */
	char	   *value;			/* its value */
} Variable;

#define MAX_FILES		128		/* max number of SQL script files allowed */
#define SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE	256 /* maximum size allowed for shell command */

/*
 * structures used in custom query mode
 */

typedef struct
{
	PGconn	   *con;			/* connection handle to DB */
	int			id;				/* client No. */
	int			state;			/* state No. */
	int			cnt;			/* xacts count */
	int			ecnt;			/* error count */
	int			listen;			/* 0 indicates that an async query has been
								 * sent */
	int			sleeping;		/* 1 indicates that the client is napping */
	int64		until;			/* napping until (usec) */
	Variable   *variables;		/* array of variable definitions */
	int			nvariables;
	instr_time	txn_begin;		/* used for measuring transaction latencies */
	instr_time	stmt_begin;		/* used for measuring statement latencies */
	int			use_file;		/* index in sql_files for this client */
	bool		prepared[MAX_FILES];
} CState;

/*
 * Thread state and result
 */
typedef struct
{
	int			tid;			/* thread id */
	pthread_t	thread;			/* thread handle */
	CState	   *state;			/* array of CState */
	int			nstate;			/* length of state[] */
	instr_time	start_time;		/* thread start time */
	instr_time *exec_elapsed;	/* time spent executing cmds (per Command) */
	int		   *exec_count;		/* number of cmd executions (per Command) */
	unsigned short random_state[3];		/* separate randomness for each thread */
} TState;

#define INVALID_THREAD		((pthread_t) 0)

typedef struct
{
	instr_time	conn_time;
	int			xacts;
} TResult;

/*
 * queries read from files
 */
#define SQL_COMMAND		1
#define META_COMMAND	2
#define MAX_ARGS		10

typedef enum QueryMode
{
	QUERY_SIMPLE,				/* simple query */
	QUERY_EXTENDED,				/* extended query */
	QUERY_PREPARED,				/* extended query with prepared statements */
	NUM_QUERYMODE
} QueryMode;

static QueryMode querymode = QUERY_SIMPLE;
static const char *QUERYMODE[] = {"simple", "extended", "prepared"};

typedef struct
{
	char	   *line;			/* full text of command line */
	int			command_num;	/* unique index of this Command struct */
	int			type;			/* command type (SQL_COMMAND or META_COMMAND) */
	int			argc;			/* number of command words */
	char	   *argv[MAX_ARGS]; /* command word list */
} Command;

static Command **sql_files[MAX_FILES];	/* SQL script files */
static int	num_files;			/* number of script files */
static int	num_commands = 0;	/* total number of Command structs */
static int	debug = 0;			/* debug flag */

/* default scenario */
static char *tpc_b = {
	"\\set nbranches " CppAsString2(nbranches) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set ntellers " CppAsString2(ntellers) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"\\setrandom bid 1 :nbranches\n"
	"\\setrandom tid 1 :ntellers\n"
	"\\setrandom delta -5000 5000\n"
	"BEGIN;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler, filler1 = filler1 WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_tellers SET tbalance = tbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler, filler1 = filler1 WHERE tid = :tid;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_branches SET bbalance = bbalance + :delta,"
	"filler = filler, filler1 = filler1 WHERE bid = :bid;\n"
	"END;\n"
};

/* -N case */
static char *simple_update = {
	"\\set nbranches " CppAsString2(nbranches) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set ntellers " CppAsString2(ntellers) " * :scale\n"
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"\\setrandom bid 1 :nbranches\n"
	"\\setrandom tid 1 :ntellers\n"
	"\\setrandom delta -5000 5000\n"
	"BEGIN;\n"
	"UPDATE pgbench_accounts SET abalance = abalance + :delta WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"SELECT abalance FROM pgbench_accounts WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
	"INSERT INTO pgbench_history (tid, bid, aid, delta, mtime) VALUES (:tid, :bid, :aid, :delta, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP);\n"
	"END;\n"
};

/* -S case */
static char *select_only = {
	"\\set naccounts " CppAsString2(naccounts) " * :scale\n"
	"\\setrandom aid 1 :naccounts\n"
	"SELECT abalance FROM pgbench_accounts WHERE aid = :aid;\n"
};

/* Function prototypes */
static void setalarm(int seconds);
static void *threadRun(void *arg);


/*
 * routines to check mem allocations and fail noisily.
 */
static void *
xmalloc(size_t size)
{
	void	   *result;

	result = malloc(size);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}

static void *
xrealloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
{
	void	   *result;

	result = realloc(ptr, size);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}

static char *
xstrdup(const char *s)
{
	char	   *result;

	result = strdup(s);
	if (!result)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	return result;
}


static void
usage(void)
{
	printf("%s is a benchmarking tool for PostgreSQL.\n\n"
		   "Usage:\n"
		   "  %s [OPTION]... [DBNAME]\n"
		   "\nInitialization options:\n"
		   "  -i           invokes initialization mode\n"
		   "  -n           do not run VACUUM after initialization\n"
		   "  -F NUM       fill factor\n"
		   "  -s NUM       scaling factor\n"
		   "  --foreign-keys\n"
		   "               create foreign key constraints between tables\n"
		   "  --index-tablespace=TABLESPACE\n"
		   "               create indexes in the specified tablespace\n"
		   "  --tablespace=TABLESPACE\n"
		   "               create tables in the specified tablespace\n"
		   "  --unlogged-tables\n"
		   "               create tables as unlogged tables\n"
		   "\nBenchmarking options:\n"
		"  -c NUM       number of concurrent database clients (default: 1)\n"
		   "  -C           establish new connection for each transaction\n"
		   "  -D VARNAME=VALUE\n"
		   "               define variable for use by custom script\n"
		   "  -f FILENAME  read transaction script from FILENAME\n"
		   "  -j NUM       number of threads (default: 1)\n"
		   "  -l           write transaction times to log file\n"
		   "  -M simple|extended|prepared\n"
		   "               protocol for submitting queries to server (default: simple)\n"
		   "  -n           do not run VACUUM before tests\n"
		   "  -N           do not update tables \"pgbench_tellers\" and \"pgbench_branches\"\n"
		   "  -r           report average latency per command\n"
		   "  -s NUM       report this scale factor in output\n"
		   "  -S           perform SELECT-only transactions\n"
	 "  -t NUM       number of transactions each client runs (default: 10)\n"
		   "  -T NUM       duration of benchmark test in seconds\n"
		   "  -v           vacuum all four standard tables before tests\n"
		   "\nCommon options:\n"
		   "  -d             print debugging output\n"
		   "  -h HOSTNAME    database server host or socket directory\n"
		   "  -p PORT        database server port number\n"
		   "  -U USERNAME    connect as specified database user\n"
		   "  -V, --version  output version information, then exit\n"
		   "  -?, --help     show this help, then exit\n"
		   "\n"
		   "Report bugs to <pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org>.\n",
		   progname, progname);
}

/* random number generator: uniform distribution from min to max inclusive */
static int
getrand(TState *thread, int min, int max)
{
	/*
	 * Odd coding is so that min and max have approximately the same chance of
	 * being selected as do numbers between them.
	 *
	 * pg_erand48() is thread-safe and concurrent, which is why we use it
	 * rather than random(), which in glibc is non-reentrant, and therefore
	 * protected by a mutex, and therefore a bottleneck on machines with many
	 * CPUs.
	 */
	return min + (int) ((max - min + 1) * pg_erand48(thread->random_state));
}

/* call PQexec() and exit() on failure */
static void
executeStatement(PGconn *con, const char *sql)
{
	PGresult   *res;

	res = PQexec(con, sql);
	if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}
	PQclear(res);
}

/* set up a connection to the backend */
static PGconn *
doConnect(void)
{
	PGconn	   *conn;
	static char *password = NULL;
	bool		new_pass;

	/*
	 * Start the connection.  Loop until we have a password if requested by
	 * backend.
	 */
	do
	{
#define PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE	7

		const char *keywords[PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE];
		const char *values[PARAMS_ARRAY_SIZE];

		keywords[0] = "host";
		values[0] = pghost;
		keywords[1] = "port";
		values[1] = pgport;
		keywords[2] = "user";
		values[2] = login;
		keywords[3] = "password";
		values[3] = password;
		keywords[4] = "dbname";
		values[4] = dbName;
		keywords[5] = "fallback_application_name";
		values[5] = progname;
		keywords[6] = NULL;
		values[6] = NULL;

		new_pass = false;

		conn = PQconnectdbParams(keywords, values, true);

		if (!conn)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database \"%s\" failed\n",
					dbName);
			return NULL;
		}

		if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD &&
			PQconnectionNeedsPassword(conn) &&
			password == NULL)
		{
			PQfinish(conn);
			password = simple_prompt("Password: ", 100, false);
			new_pass = true;
		}
	} while (new_pass);

	/* check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
	if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database \"%s\" failed:\n%s",
				dbName, PQerrorMessage(conn));
		PQfinish(conn);
		return NULL;
	}

	return conn;
}

/* throw away response from backend */
static void
discard_response(CState *state)
{
	PGresult   *res;

	do
	{
		res = PQgetResult(state->con);
		if (res)
			PQclear(res);
	} while (res);
}

static int
compareVariables(const void *v1, const void *v2)
{
	return strcmp(((const Variable *) v1)->name,
				  ((const Variable *) v2)->name);
}

static char *
getVariable(CState *st, char *name)
{
	Variable	key,
			   *var;

	/* On some versions of Solaris, bsearch of zero items dumps core */
	if (st->nvariables <= 0)
		return NULL;

	key.name = name;
	var = (Variable *) bsearch((void *) &key,
							   (void *) st->variables,
							   st->nvariables,
							   sizeof(Variable),
							   compareVariables);
	if (var != NULL)
		return var->value;
	else
		return NULL;
}

/* check whether the name consists of alphabets, numerals and underscores. */
static bool
isLegalVariableName(const char *name)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; name[i] != '\0'; i++)
	{
		if (!isalnum((unsigned char) name[i]) && name[i] != '_')
			return false;
	}

	return true;
}

static int
putVariable(CState *st, const char *context, char *name, char *value)
{
	Variable	key,
			   *var;

	key.name = name;
	/* On some versions of Solaris, bsearch of zero items dumps core */
	if (st->nvariables > 0)
		var = (Variable *) bsearch((void *) &key,
								   (void *) st->variables,
								   st->nvariables,
								   sizeof(Variable),
								   compareVariables);
	else
		var = NULL;

	if (var == NULL)
	{
		Variable   *newvars;

		/*
		 * Check for the name only when declaring a new variable to avoid
		 * overhead.
		 */
		if (!isLegalVariableName(name))
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: invalid variable name '%s'\n", context, name);
			return false;
		}

		if (st->variables)
			newvars = (Variable *) xrealloc(st->variables,
									(st->nvariables + 1) * sizeof(Variable));
		else
			newvars = (Variable *) xmalloc(sizeof(Variable));

		st->variables = newvars;

		var = &newvars[st->nvariables];

		var->name = xstrdup(name);
		var->value = xstrdup(value);

		st->nvariables++;

		qsort((void *) st->variables, st->nvariables, sizeof(Variable),
			  compareVariables);
	}
	else
	{
		char	   *val;

		/* dup then free, in case value is pointing at this variable */
		val = xstrdup(value);

		free(var->value);
		var->value = val;
	}

	return true;
}

static char *
parseVariable(const char *sql, int *eaten)
{
	int			i = 0;
	char	   *name;

	do
	{
		i++;
	} while (isalnum((unsigned char) sql[i]) || sql[i] == '_');
	if (i == 1)
		return NULL;

	name = xmalloc(i);
	memcpy(name, &sql[1], i - 1);
	name[i - 1] = '\0';

	*eaten = i;
	return name;
}

static char *
replaceVariable(char **sql, char *param, int len, char *value)
{
	int			valueln = strlen(value);

	if (valueln > len)
	{
		size_t		offset = param - *sql;

		*sql = xrealloc(*sql, strlen(*sql) - len + valueln + 1);
		param = *sql + offset;
	}

	if (valueln != len)
		memmove(param + valueln, param + len, strlen(param + len) + 1);
	strncpy(param, value, valueln);

	return param + valueln;
}

static char *
assignVariables(CState *st, char *sql)
{
	char	   *p,
			   *name,
			   *val;

	p = sql;
	while ((p = strchr(p, ':')) != NULL)
	{
		int			eaten;

		name = parseVariable(p, &eaten);
		if (name == NULL)
		{
			while (*p == ':')
			{
				p++;
			}
			continue;
		}

		val = getVariable(st, name);
		free(name);
		if (val == NULL)
		{
			p++;
			continue;
		}

		p = replaceVariable(&sql, p, eaten, val);
	}

	return sql;
}

static void
getQueryParams(CState *st, const Command *command, const char **params)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; i < command->argc - 1; i++)
		params[i] = getVariable(st, command->argv[i + 1]);
}

/*
 * Run a shell command. The result is assigned to the variable if not NULL.
 * Return true if succeeded, or false on error.
 */
static bool
runShellCommand(CState *st, char *variable, char **argv, int argc)
{
	char		command[SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE];
	int			i,
				len = 0;
	FILE	   *fp;
	char		res[64];
	char	   *endptr;
	int			retval;

	/*----------
	 * Join arguments with whitespace separators. Arguments starting with
	 * exactly one colon are treated as variables:
	 *	name - append a string "name"
	 *	:var - append a variable named 'var'
	 *	::name - append a string ":name"
	 *----------
	 */
	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
	{
		char	   *arg;
		int			arglen;

		if (argv[i][0] != ':')
		{
			arg = argv[i];		/* a string literal */
		}
		else if (argv[i][1] == ':')
		{
			arg = argv[i] + 1;	/* a string literal starting with colons */
		}
		else if ((arg = getVariable(st, argv[i] + 1)) == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[i]);
			return false;
		}

		arglen = strlen(arg);
		if (len + arglen + (i > 0 ? 1 : 0) >= SHELL_COMMAND_SIZE - 1)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: too long shell command\n", argv[0]);
			return false;
		}

		if (i > 0)
			command[len++] = ' ';
		memcpy(command + len, arg, arglen);
		len += arglen;
	}

	command[len] = '\0';

	/* Fast path for non-assignment case */
	if (variable == NULL)
	{
		if (system(command))
		{
			if (!timer_exceeded)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot launch shell command\n", argv[0]);
			return false;
		}
		return true;
	}

	/* Execute the command with pipe and read the standard output. */
	if ((fp = popen(command, "r")) == NULL)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot launch shell command\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}
	if (fgets(res, sizeof(res), fp) == NULL)
	{
		if (!timer_exceeded)
			fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot read the result\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}
	if (pclose(fp) < 0)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: cannot close shell command\n", argv[0]);
		return false;
	}

	/* Check whether the result is an integer and assign it to the variable */
	retval = (int) strtol(res, &endptr, 10);
	while (*endptr != '\0' && isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
		endptr++;
	if (*res == '\0' || *endptr != '\0')
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: must return an integer ('%s' returned)\n", argv[0], res);
		return false;
	}
	snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", retval);
	if (!putVariable(st, "setshell", variable, res))
		return false;

#ifdef DEBUG
	printf("shell parameter name: %s, value: %s\n", argv[1], res);
#endif
	return true;
}

#define MAX_PREPARE_NAME		32
static void
preparedStatementName(char *buffer, int file, int state)
{
	sprintf(buffer, "P%d_%d", file, state);
}

static bool
clientDone(CState *st, bool ok)
{
	(void) ok;					/* unused */

	if (st->con != NULL)
	{
		PQfinish(st->con);
		st->con = NULL;
	}
	return false;				/* always false */
}

/* return false iff client should be disconnected */
static bool
doCustom(TState *thread, CState *st, instr_time *conn_time, FILE *logfile)
{
	PGresult   *res;
	Command   **commands;

top:
	commands = sql_files[st->use_file];

	if (st->sleeping)
	{							/* are we sleeping? */
		instr_time	now;

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
		if (st->until <= INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now))
			st->sleeping = 0;	/* Done sleeping, go ahead with next command */
		else
			return true;		/* Still sleeping, nothing to do here */
	}

	if (st->listen)
	{							/* are we receiver? */
		if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
		{
			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d receiving\n", st->id);
			if (!PQconsumeInput(st->con))
			{					/* there's something wrong */
				fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Probably the backend died while processing.\n", st->id, st->state);
				return clientDone(st, false);
			}
			if (PQisBusy(st->con))
				return true;	/* don't have the whole result yet */
		}

		/*
		 * command finished: accumulate per-command execution times in
		 * thread-local data structure, if per-command latencies are requested
		 */
		if (is_latencies)
		{
			instr_time	now;
			int			cnum = commands[st->state]->command_num;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(thread->exec_elapsed[cnum],
								  now, st->stmt_begin);
			thread->exec_count[cnum]++;
		}

		/*
		 * if transaction finished, record the time it took in the log
		 */
		if (logfile && commands[st->state + 1] == NULL)
		{
			instr_time	now;
			instr_time	diff;
			double		usec;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			diff = now;
			INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(diff, st->txn_begin);
			usec = (double) INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(diff);

#ifndef WIN32
			/* This is more than we really ought to know about instr_time */
			fprintf(logfile, "%d %d %.0f %d %ld %ld\n",
					st->id, st->cnt, usec, st->use_file,
					(long) now.tv_sec, (long) now.tv_usec);
#else
			/* On Windows, instr_time doesn't provide a timestamp anyway */
			fprintf(logfile, "%d %d %.0f %d 0 0\n",
					st->id, st->cnt, usec, st->use_file);
#endif
		}

		if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
		{
			/*
			 * Read and discard the query result; note this is not included in
			 * the statement latency numbers.
			 */
			res = PQgetResult(st->con);
			switch (PQresultStatus(res))
			{
				case PGRES_COMMAND_OK:
				case PGRES_TUPLES_OK:
					break;		/* OK */
				default:
					fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d: %s",
							st->id, st->state, PQerrorMessage(st->con));
					PQclear(res);
					return clientDone(st, false);
			}
			PQclear(res);
			discard_response(st);
		}

		if (commands[st->state + 1] == NULL)
		{
			if (is_connect)
			{
				PQfinish(st->con);
				st->con = NULL;
			}

			++st->cnt;
			if ((st->cnt >= nxacts && duration <= 0) || timer_exceeded)
				return clientDone(st, true);	/* exit success */
		}

		/* increment state counter */
		st->state++;
		if (commands[st->state] == NULL)
		{
			st->state = 0;
			st->use_file = getrand(thread, 0, num_files - 1);
			commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
		}
	}

	if (st->con == NULL)
	{
		instr_time	start,
					end;

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start);
		if ((st->con = doConnect()) == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in establishing connection.\n", st->id);
			return clientDone(st, false);
		}
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(end);
		INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(*conn_time, end, start);
	}

	/* Record transaction start time if logging is enabled */
	if (logfile && st->state == 0)
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(st->txn_begin);

	/* Record statement start time if per-command latencies are requested */
	if (is_latencies)
		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(st->stmt_begin);

	if (commands[st->state]->type == SQL_COMMAND)
	{
		const Command *command = commands[st->state];
		int			r;

		if (querymode == QUERY_SIMPLE)
		{
			char	   *sql;

			sql = xstrdup(command->argv[0]);
			sql = assignVariables(st, sql);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, sql);
			r = PQsendQuery(st->con, sql);
			free(sql);
		}
		else if (querymode == QUERY_EXTENDED)
		{
			const char *sql = command->argv[0];
			const char *params[MAX_ARGS];

			getQueryParams(st, command, params);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, sql);
			r = PQsendQueryParams(st->con, sql, command->argc - 1,
								  NULL, params, NULL, NULL, 0);
		}
		else if (querymode == QUERY_PREPARED)
		{
			char		name[MAX_PREPARE_NAME];
			const char *params[MAX_ARGS];

			if (!st->prepared[st->use_file])
			{
				int			j;

				for (j = 0; commands[j] != NULL; j++)
				{
					PGresult   *res;
					char		name[MAX_PREPARE_NAME];

					if (commands[j]->type != SQL_COMMAND)
						continue;
					preparedStatementName(name, st->use_file, j);
					res = PQprepare(st->con, name,
						  commands[j]->argv[0], commands[j]->argc - 1, NULL);
					if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
						fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(st->con));
					PQclear(res);
				}
				st->prepared[st->use_file] = true;
			}

			getQueryParams(st, command, params);
			preparedStatementName(name, st->use_file, st->state);

			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d sending %s\n", st->id, name);
			r = PQsendQueryPrepared(st->con, name, command->argc - 1,
									params, NULL, NULL, 0);
		}
		else	/* unknown sql mode */
			r = 0;

		if (r == 0)
		{
			if (debug)
				fprintf(stderr, "client %d cannot send %s\n", st->id, command->argv[0]);
			st->ecnt++;
		}
		else
			st->listen = 1;		/* flags that should be listened */
	}
	else if (commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
	{
		int			argc = commands[st->state]->argc,
					i;
		char	  **argv = commands[st->state]->argv;

		if (debug)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "client %d executing \\%s", st->id, argv[0]);
			for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
				fprintf(stderr, " %s", argv[i]);
			fprintf(stderr, "\n");
		}

		if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "setrandom") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			min,
						max;
			char		res[64];

			if (*argv[2] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[2] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[2]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				min = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				min = atoi(argv[2]);

#ifdef NOT_USED
			if (min < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: invalid minimum number %d\n", argv[0], min);
				st->ecnt++;
				return;
			}
#endif

			if (*argv[3] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[3] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[3]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				max = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				max = atoi(argv[3]);

			if (max < min)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: maximum is less than minimum\n", argv[0]);
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			/*
			 * getrand() neeeds to be able to subtract max from min and add
			 * one the result without overflowing.	Since we know max > min,
			 * we can detect overflow just by checking for a negative result.
			 * But we must check both that the subtraction doesn't overflow,
			 * and that adding one to the result doesn't overflow either.
			 */
			if (max - min < 0 || (max - min) + 1 < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: range too large\n", argv[0]);
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

#ifdef DEBUG
			printf("min: %d max: %d random: %d\n", min, max, getrand(thread, min, max));
#endif
			snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", getrand(thread, min, max));

			if (!putVariable(st, argv[0], argv[1], res))
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "set") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			ope1,
						ope2;
			char		res[64];

			if (*argv[2] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[2] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[2]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				ope1 = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				ope1 = atoi(argv[2]);

			if (argc < 5)
				snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1);
			else
			{
				if (*argv[4] == ':')
				{
					if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[4] + 1)) == NULL)
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[4]);
						st->ecnt++;
						return true;
					}
					ope2 = atoi(var);
				}
				else
					ope2 = atoi(argv[4]);

				if (strcmp(argv[3], "+") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 + ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "-") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 - ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "*") == 0)
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 * ope2);
				else if (strcmp(argv[3], "/") == 0)
				{
					if (ope2 == 0)
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "%s: division by zero\n", argv[0]);
						st->ecnt++;
						return true;
					}
					snprintf(res, sizeof(res), "%d", ope1 / ope2);
				}
				else
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: unsupported operator %s\n", argv[0], argv[3]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
			}

			if (!putVariable(st, argv[0], argv[1], res))
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "sleep") == 0)
		{
			char	   *var;
			int			usec;
			instr_time	now;

			if (*argv[1] == ':')
			{
				if ((var = getVariable(st, argv[1] + 1)) == NULL)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: undefined variable %s\n", argv[0], argv[1]);
					st->ecnt++;
					return true;
				}
				usec = atoi(var);
			}
			else
				usec = atoi(argv[1]);

			if (argc > 2)
			{
				if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[2], "ms") == 0)
					usec *= 1000;
				else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[2], "s") == 0)
					usec *= 1000000;
			}
			else
				usec *= 1000000;

			INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
			st->until = INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now) + usec;
			st->sleeping = 1;

			st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "setshell") == 0)
		{
			bool		ret = runShellCommand(st, argv[1], argv + 2, argc - 2);

			if (timer_exceeded) /* timeout */
				return clientDone(st, true);
			else if (!ret)		/* on error */
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}
			else	/* succeeded */
				st->listen = 1;
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(argv[0], "shell") == 0)
		{
			bool		ret = runShellCommand(st, NULL, argv + 1, argc - 1);

			if (timer_exceeded) /* timeout */
				return clientDone(st, true);
			else if (!ret)		/* on error */
			{
				st->ecnt++;
				return true;
			}
			else	/* succeeded */
				st->listen = 1;
		}
		goto top;
	}

	return true;
}

/* discard connections */
static void
disconnect_all(CState *state, int length)
{
	int			i;

	for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
	{
		if (state[i].con)
		{
			PQfinish(state[i].con);
			state[i].con = NULL;
		}
	}
}

/* create tables and setup data */
static void
init(bool is_no_vacuum)
{
	/*
	 * Note: TPC-B requires at least 100 bytes per row, and the "filler"
	 * fields in these table declarations were intended to comply with that.
	 * But because they default to NULLs, they don't actually take any space.
	 * We could fix that by giving them non-null default values. However, that
	 * would completely break comparability of pgbench results with prior
	 * versions.  Since pgbench has never pretended to be fully TPC-B
	 * compliant anyway, we stick with the historical behavior.
	 */
	struct ddlinfo
	{
		char	   *table;
		char	   *cols;
		int			declare_fillfactor;
	};
	struct ddlinfo DDLs[] = {
		{
			"pgbench_history",
			"tid int,bid int,aid int,delta int,mtime timestamp,filler char(22)",
			0
		},
		{
			"pgbench_tellers",
			"tid int not null,bid int,tbalance int,filler char(92),"
			"tbalance1 int, filler1 varchar(150),tbalance2 int,filler2 char(1550)",
			1
		},
		{
			"pgbench_accounts",
			"aid int not null,bid int,abalance int,filler char(92),"
			"abalance1 int,filler1 varchar(150),abalance2 int,filler2 char(1550)",
			1
		},
		{
			"pgbench_branches",
			"bid int not null,bbalance int,filler char(92),bbalance1 int,"
			"filler1 varchar(150), bbalance2 int, filler2 char(1550)",
			1
		}
	};
	static char *DDLAFTERs[] = {
		"alter table pgbench_branches add primary key (bid)",
		"alter table pgbench_tellers add primary key (tid)",
		"alter table pgbench_accounts add primary key (aid)"
	};
	static char *DDLKEYs[] = {
		"alter table pgbench_tellers add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_accounts add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (bid) references pgbench_branches",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (tid) references pgbench_tellers",
		"alter table pgbench_history add foreign key (aid) references pgbench_accounts"
	};

	PGconn	   *con;
	PGresult   *res;
	char		sql[256];
	int			i;

	if ((con = doConnect()) == NULL)
		exit(1);

	for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLs); i++)
	{
		char		opts[256];
		char		buffer[256];
		struct ddlinfo *ddl = &DDLs[i];

		/* Remove old table, if it exists. */
		snprintf(buffer, 256, "drop table if exists %s", ddl->table);
		executeStatement(con, buffer);

		/* Construct new create table statement. */
		opts[0] = '\0';
		if (ddl->declare_fillfactor)
			snprintf(opts + strlen(opts), 256 - strlen(opts),
					 " with (fillfactor=%d)", fillfactor);
		if (tablespace != NULL)
		{
			char	   *escape_tablespace;

			escape_tablespace = PQescapeIdentifier(con, tablespace,
												   strlen(tablespace));
			snprintf(opts + strlen(opts), 256 - strlen(opts),
					 " tablespace %s", escape_tablespace);
			PQfreemem(escape_tablespace);
		}
		snprintf(buffer, 256, "create%s table %s(%s)%s",
				 unlogged_tables ? " unlogged" : "",
				 ddl->table, ddl->cols, opts);

		executeStatement(con, buffer);
	}

	executeStatement(con, "begin");

	for (i = 0; i < nbranches * scale; i++)
	{
		snprintf(sql, 256, "insert into pgbench_branches values(%d,0,0,0,0,0,0)", i + 1);
		executeStatement(con, sql);
	}

	for (i = 0; i < ntellers * scale; i++)
	{
		snprintf(sql, 256, "insert into pgbench_tellers values (%d,%d,0,0,0,0,0,0)",
				 i + 1, i / ntellers + 1);
		executeStatement(con, sql);
	}

	executeStatement(con, "commit");

	/*
	 * fill the pgbench_accounts table with some data
	 */
	fprintf(stderr, "creating tables...\n");

	executeStatement(con, "begin");
	executeStatement(con, "truncate pgbench_accounts");

	res = PQexec(con, "copy pgbench_accounts from stdin");
	if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COPY_IN)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}
	PQclear(res);

	for (i = 0; i < naccounts * scale; i++)
	{
		int			j = i + 1;

		snprintf(sql, 256, "%d\t%d\t%d\t \t%d\t \t%d\t \n", j, i / naccounts + 1, 0,0,0);
		if (PQputline(con, sql))
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "PQputline failed\n");
			exit(1);
		}

		if (j % 100000 == 0)
			fprintf(stderr, "%d tuples done.\n", j);
	}
	if (PQputline(con, "\\.\n"))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "very last PQputline failed\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	if (PQendcopy(con))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "PQendcopy failed\n");
		exit(1);
	}
	executeStatement(con, "commit");

	/* vacuum */
	if (!is_no_vacuum)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "vacuum...\n");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_branches");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_tellers");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_accounts");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_history");
	}

	/*
	 * create indexes
	 */
	fprintf(stderr, "set primary keys...\n");
	for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLAFTERs); i++)
	{
		char		buffer[256];

		strncpy(buffer, DDLAFTERs[i], 256);

		if (index_tablespace != NULL)
		{
			char	   *escape_tablespace;

			escape_tablespace = PQescapeIdentifier(con, index_tablespace,
												   strlen(index_tablespace));
			snprintf(buffer + strlen(buffer), 256 - strlen(buffer),
					 " using index tablespace %s", escape_tablespace);
			PQfreemem(escape_tablespace);
		}

		executeStatement(con, buffer);
	}

	/*
	 * create foreign keys
	 */
	if (foreign_keys)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "set foreign keys...\n");
		for (i = 0; i < lengthof(DDLKEYs); i++)
		{
			executeStatement(con, DDLKEYs[i]);
		}
	}


	fprintf(stderr, "done.\n");
	PQfinish(con);
}

/*
 * Parse the raw sql and replace :param to $n.
 */
static bool
parseQuery(Command *cmd, const char *raw_sql)
{
	char	   *sql,
			   *p;

	sql = xstrdup(raw_sql);
	cmd->argc = 1;

	p = sql;
	while ((p = strchr(p, ':')) != NULL)
	{
		char		var[12];
		char	   *name;
		int			eaten;

		name = parseVariable(p, &eaten);
		if (name == NULL)
		{
			while (*p == ':')
			{
				p++;
			}
			continue;
		}

		if (cmd->argc >= MAX_ARGS)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "statement has too many arguments (maximum is %d): %s\n", MAX_ARGS - 1, raw_sql);
			return false;
		}

		sprintf(var, "$%d", cmd->argc);
		p = replaceVariable(&sql, p, eaten, var);

		cmd->argv[cmd->argc] = name;
		cmd->argc++;
	}

	cmd->argv[0] = sql;
	return true;
}

/* Parse a command; return a Command struct, or NULL if it's a comment */
static Command *
process_commands(char *buf)
{
	const char	delim[] = " \f\n\r\t\v";

	Command    *my_commands;
	int			j;
	char	   *p,
			   *tok;

	/* Make the string buf end at the next newline */
	if ((p = strchr(buf, '\n')) != NULL)
		*p = '\0';

	/* Skip leading whitespace */
	p = buf;
	while (isspace((unsigned char) *p))
		p++;

	/* If the line is empty or actually a comment, we're done */
	if (*p == '\0' || strncmp(p, "--", 2) == 0)
		return NULL;

	/* Allocate and initialize Command structure */
	my_commands = (Command *) xmalloc(sizeof(Command));
	my_commands->line = xstrdup(buf);
	my_commands->command_num = num_commands++;
	my_commands->type = 0;		/* until set */
	my_commands->argc = 0;

	if (*p == '\\')
	{
		my_commands->type = META_COMMAND;

		j = 0;
		tok = strtok(++p, delim);

		while (tok != NULL)
		{
			my_commands->argv[j++] = xstrdup(tok);
			my_commands->argc++;
			tok = strtok(NULL, delim);
		}

		if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "setrandom") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 4)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			for (j = 4; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "set") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 3)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			for (j = my_commands->argc < 5 ? 3 : 5; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "sleep") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 2)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}

			/*
			 * Split argument into number and unit to allow "sleep 1ms" etc.
			 * We don't have to terminate the number argument with null
			 * because it will be parsed with atoi, which ignores trailing
			 * non-digit characters.
			 */
			if (my_commands->argv[1][0] != ':')
			{
				char	   *c = my_commands->argv[1];

				while (isdigit((unsigned char) *c))
					c++;
				if (*c)
				{
					my_commands->argv[2] = c;
					if (my_commands->argc < 3)
						my_commands->argc = 3;
				}
			}

			if (my_commands->argc >= 3)
			{
				if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "us") != 0 &&
					pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "ms") != 0 &&
					pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[2], "s") != 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "%s: unknown time unit '%s' - must be us, ms or s\n",
							my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[2]);
					exit(1);
				}
			}

			for (j = 3; j < my_commands->argc; j++)
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: extra argument \"%s\" ignored\n",
						my_commands->argv[0], my_commands->argv[j]);
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "setshell") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 3)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing argument\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else if (pg_strcasecmp(my_commands->argv[0], "shell") == 0)
		{
			if (my_commands->argc < 1)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "%s: missing command\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Invalid command %s\n", my_commands->argv[0]);
			exit(1);
		}
	}
	else
	{
		my_commands->type = SQL_COMMAND;

		switch (querymode)
		{
			case QUERY_SIMPLE:
				my_commands->argv[0] = xstrdup(p);
				my_commands->argc++;
				break;
			case QUERY_EXTENDED:
			case QUERY_PREPARED:
				if (!parseQuery(my_commands, p))
					exit(1);
				break;
			default:
				exit(1);
		}
	}

	return my_commands;
}

static int
process_file(char *filename)
{
#define COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM 128

	Command   **my_commands;
	FILE	   *fd;
	int			lineno;
	char		buf[BUFSIZ];
	int			alloc_num;

	if (num_files >= MAX_FILES)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Up to only %d SQL files are allowed\n", MAX_FILES);
		exit(1);
	}

	alloc_num = COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
	my_commands = (Command **) xmalloc(sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);

	if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
		fd = stdin;
	else if ((fd = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s\n", filename, strerror(errno));
		return false;
	}

	lineno = 0;

	while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fd) != NULL)
	{
		Command    *command;

		command = process_commands(buf);
		if (command == NULL)
			continue;

		my_commands[lineno] = command;
		lineno++;

		if (lineno >= alloc_num)
		{
			alloc_num += COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
			my_commands = xrealloc(my_commands, sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);
		}
	}
	fclose(fd);

	my_commands[lineno] = NULL;

	sql_files[num_files++] = my_commands;

	return true;
}

static Command **
process_builtin(char *tb)
{
#define COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM 128

	Command   **my_commands;
	int			lineno;
	char		buf[BUFSIZ];
	int			alloc_num;

	alloc_num = COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
	my_commands = (Command **) xmalloc(sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);

	lineno = 0;

	for (;;)
	{
		char	   *p;
		Command    *command;

		p = buf;
		while (*tb && *tb != '\n')
			*p++ = *tb++;

		if (*tb == '\0')
			break;

		if (*tb == '\n')
			tb++;

		*p = '\0';

		command = process_commands(buf);
		if (command == NULL)
			continue;

		my_commands[lineno] = command;
		lineno++;

		if (lineno >= alloc_num)
		{
			alloc_num += COMMANDS_ALLOC_NUM;
			my_commands = xrealloc(my_commands, sizeof(Command *) * alloc_num);
		}
	}

	my_commands[lineno] = NULL;

	return my_commands;
}

/* print out results */
static void
printResults(int ttype, int normal_xacts, int nclients,
			 TState *threads, int nthreads,
			 instr_time total_time, instr_time conn_total_time)
{
	double		time_include,
				tps_include,
				tps_exclude;
	char	   *s;

	time_include = INSTR_TIME_GET_DOUBLE(total_time);
	tps_include = normal_xacts / time_include;
	tps_exclude = normal_xacts / (time_include -
						(INSTR_TIME_GET_DOUBLE(conn_total_time) / nthreads));

	if (ttype == 0)
		s = "TPC-B (sort of)";
	else if (ttype == 2)
		s = "Update only pgbench_accounts";
	else if (ttype == 1)
		s = "SELECT only";
	else
		s = "Custom query";

	printf("transaction type: %s\n", s);
	printf("scaling factor: %d\n", scale);
	printf("query mode: %s\n", QUERYMODE[querymode]);
	printf("number of clients: %d\n", nclients);
	printf("number of threads: %d\n", nthreads);
	if (duration <= 0)
	{
		printf("number of transactions per client: %d\n", nxacts);
		printf("number of transactions actually processed: %d/%d\n",
			   normal_xacts, nxacts * nclients);
	}
	else
	{
		printf("duration: %d s\n", duration);
		printf("number of transactions actually processed: %d\n",
			   normal_xacts);
	}
	printf("tps = %f (including connections establishing)\n", tps_include);
	printf("tps = %f (excluding connections establishing)\n", tps_exclude);

	/* Report per-command latencies */
	if (is_latencies)
	{
		int			i;

		for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
		{
			Command   **commands;

			if (num_files > 1)
				printf("statement latencies in milliseconds, file %d:\n", i + 1);
			else
				printf("statement latencies in milliseconds:\n");

			for (commands = sql_files[i]; *commands != NULL; commands++)
			{
				Command    *command = *commands;
				int			cnum = command->command_num;
				double		total_time;
				instr_time	total_exec_elapsed;
				int			total_exec_count;
				int			t;

				/* Accumulate per-thread data for command */
				INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(total_exec_elapsed);
				total_exec_count = 0;
				for (t = 0; t < nthreads; t++)
				{
					TState	   *thread = &threads[t];

					INSTR_TIME_ADD(total_exec_elapsed,
								   thread->exec_elapsed[cnum]);
					total_exec_count += thread->exec_count[cnum];
				}

				if (total_exec_count > 0)
					total_time = INSTR_TIME_GET_MILLISEC(total_exec_elapsed) / (double) total_exec_count;
				else
					total_time = 0.0;

				printf("\t%f\t%s\n", total_time, command->line);
			}
		}
	}
}


int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
	int			c;
	int			nclients = 1;	/* default number of simulated clients */
	int			nthreads = 1;	/* default number of threads */
	int			is_init_mode = 0;		/* initialize mode? */
	int			is_no_vacuum = 0;		/* no vacuum at all before testing? */
	int			do_vacuum_accounts = 0; /* do vacuum accounts before testing? */
	int			ttype = 0;		/* transaction type. 0: TPC-B, 1: SELECT only,
								 * 2: skip update of branches and tellers */
	int			optindex;
	char	   *filename = NULL;
	bool		scale_given = false;

	CState	   *state;			/* status of clients */
	TState	   *threads;		/* array of thread */

	instr_time	start_time;		/* start up time */
	instr_time	total_time;
	instr_time	conn_total_time;
	int			total_xacts;

	int			i;

	static struct option long_options[] = {
		{"foreign-keys", no_argument, &foreign_keys, 1},
		{"index-tablespace", required_argument, NULL, 3},
		{"tablespace", required_argument, NULL, 2},
		{"unlogged-tables", no_argument, &unlogged_tables, 1},
		{NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
	};

#ifdef HAVE_GETRLIMIT
	struct rlimit rlim;
#endif

	PGconn	   *con;
	PGresult   *res;
	char	   *env;

	char		val[64];

	progname = get_progname(argv[0]);

	if (argc > 1)
	{
		if (strcmp(argv[1], "--help") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "-?") == 0)
		{
			usage();
			exit(0);
		}
		if (strcmp(argv[1], "--version") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "-V") == 0)
		{
			puts("pgbench (PostgreSQL) " PG_VERSION);
			exit(0);
		}
	}

#ifdef WIN32
	/* stderr is buffered on Win32. */
	setvbuf(stderr, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
#endif

	if ((env = getenv("PGHOST")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		pghost = env;
	if ((env = getenv("PGPORT")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		pgport = env;
	else if ((env = getenv("PGUSER")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
		login = env;

	state = (CState *) xmalloc(sizeof(CState));
	memset(state, 0, sizeof(CState));

	while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "ih:nvp:dSNc:j:Crs:t:T:U:lf:D:F:M:", long_options, &optindex)) != -1)
	{
		switch (c)
		{
			case 'i':
				is_init_mode++;
				break;
			case 'h':
				pghost = optarg;
				break;
			case 'n':
				is_no_vacuum++;
				break;
			case 'v':
				do_vacuum_accounts++;
				break;
			case 'p':
				pgport = optarg;
				break;
			case 'd':
				debug++;
				break;
			case 'S':
				ttype = 1;
				break;
			case 'N':
				ttype = 2;
				break;
			case 'c':
				nclients = atoi(optarg);
				if (nclients <= 0 || nclients > MAXCLIENTS)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of clients: %d\n", nclients);
					exit(1);
				}
#ifdef HAVE_GETRLIMIT
#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE			/* most platforms use RLIMIT_NOFILE */
				if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim) == -1)
#else							/* but BSD doesn't ... */
				if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_OFILE, &rlim) == -1)
#endif   /* RLIMIT_NOFILE */
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "getrlimit failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
					exit(1);
				}
				if (rlim.rlim_cur <= (nclients + 2))
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "You need at least %d open files but you are only allowed to use %ld.\n", nclients + 2, (long) rlim.rlim_cur);
					fprintf(stderr, "Use limit/ulimit to increase the limit before using pgbench.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
#endif   /* HAVE_GETRLIMIT */
				break;
			case 'j':			/* jobs */
				nthreads = atoi(optarg);
				if (nthreads <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of threads: %d\n", nthreads);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'C':
				is_connect = true;
				break;
			case 'r':
				is_latencies = true;
				break;
			case 's':
				scale_given = true;
				scale = atoi(optarg);
				if (scale <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid scaling factor: %d\n", scale);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 't':
				if (duration > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "specify either a number of transactions (-t) or a duration (-T), not both.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				nxacts = atoi(optarg);
				if (nxacts <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid number of transactions: %d\n", nxacts);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'T':
				if (nxacts > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "specify either a number of transactions (-t) or a duration (-T), not both.\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				duration = atoi(optarg);
				if (duration <= 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid duration: %d\n", duration);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'U':
				login = optarg;
				break;
			case 'l':
				use_log = true;
				break;
			case 'f':
				ttype = 3;
				filename = optarg;
				if (process_file(filename) == false || *sql_files[num_files - 1] == NULL)
					exit(1);
				break;
			case 'D':
				{
					char	   *p;

					if ((p = strchr(optarg, '=')) == NULL || p == optarg || *(p + 1) == '\0')
					{
						fprintf(stderr, "invalid variable definition: %s\n", optarg);
						exit(1);
					}

					*p++ = '\0';
					if (!putVariable(&state[0], "option", optarg, p))
						exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'F':
				fillfactor = atoi(optarg);
				if ((fillfactor < 10) || (fillfactor > 100))
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid fillfactor: %d\n", fillfactor);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 'M':
				if (num_files > 0)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "query mode (-M) should be specifiled before transaction scripts (-f)\n");
					exit(1);
				}
				for (querymode = 0; querymode < NUM_QUERYMODE; querymode++)
					if (strcmp(optarg, QUERYMODE[querymode]) == 0)
						break;
				if (querymode >= NUM_QUERYMODE)
				{
					fprintf(stderr, "invalid query mode (-M): %s\n", optarg);
					exit(1);
				}
				break;
			case 0:
				/* This covers long options which take no argument. */
				break;
			case 2:				/* tablespace */
				tablespace = optarg;
				break;
			case 3:				/* index-tablespace */
				index_tablespace = optarg;
				break;
			default:
				fprintf(stderr, _("Try \"%s --help\" for more information.\n"), progname);
				exit(1);
				break;
		}
	}

	if (argc > optind)
		dbName = argv[optind];
	else
	{
		if ((env = getenv("PGDATABASE")) != NULL && *env != '\0')
			dbName = env;
		else if (login != NULL && *login != '\0')
			dbName = login;
		else
			dbName = "";
	}

	if (is_init_mode)
	{
		init(is_no_vacuum);
		exit(0);
	}

	/* Use DEFAULT_NXACTS if neither nxacts nor duration is specified. */
	if (nxacts <= 0 && duration <= 0)
		nxacts = DEFAULT_NXACTS;

	if (nclients % nthreads != 0)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "number of clients (%d) must be a multiple of number of threads (%d)\n", nclients, nthreads);
		exit(1);
	}

	/*
	 * is_latencies only works with multiple threads in thread-based
	 * implementations, not fork-based ones, because it supposes that the
	 * parent can see changes made to the per-thread execution stats by child
	 * threads.  It seems useful enough to accept despite this limitation, but
	 * perhaps we should FIXME someday (by passing the stats data back up
	 * through the parent-to-child pipes).
	 */
#ifndef ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY
	if (is_latencies && nthreads > 1)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "-r does not work with -j larger than 1 on this platform.\n");
		exit(1);
	}
#endif

	/*
	 * save main process id in the global variable because process id will be
	 * changed after fork.
	 */
	main_pid = (int) getpid();

	if (nclients > 1)
	{
		state = (CState *) xrealloc(state, sizeof(CState) * nclients);
		memset(state + 1, 0, sizeof(CState) * (nclients - 1));

		/* copy any -D switch values to all clients */
		for (i = 1; i < nclients; i++)
		{
			int			j;

			state[i].id = i;
			for (j = 0; j < state[0].nvariables; j++)
			{
				if (!putVariable(&state[i], "startup", state[0].variables[j].name, state[0].variables[j].value))
					exit(1);
			}
		}
	}

	if (debug)
	{
		if (duration <= 0)
			printf("pghost: %s pgport: %s nclients: %d nxacts: %d dbName: %s\n",
				   pghost, pgport, nclients, nxacts, dbName);
		else
			printf("pghost: %s pgport: %s nclients: %d duration: %d dbName: %s\n",
				   pghost, pgport, nclients, duration, dbName);
	}

	/* opening connection... */
	con = doConnect();
	if (con == NULL)
		exit(1);

	if (PQstatus(con) == CONNECTION_BAD)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", dbName);
		fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
		exit(1);
	}

	if (ttype != 3)
	{
		/*
		 * get the scaling factor that should be same as count(*) from
		 * pgbench_branches if this is not a custom query
		 */
		res = PQexec(con, "select count(*) from pgbench_branches");
		if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(con));
			exit(1);
		}
		scale = atoi(PQgetvalue(res, 0, 0));
		if (scale < 0)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "count(*) from pgbench_branches invalid (%d)\n", scale);
			exit(1);
		}
		PQclear(res);

		/* warn if we override user-given -s switch */
		if (scale_given)
			fprintf(stderr,
			"Scale option ignored, using pgbench_branches table count = %d\n",
					scale);
	}

	/*
	 * :scale variables normally get -s or database scale, but don't override
	 * an explicit -D switch
	 */
	if (getVariable(&state[0], "scale") == NULL)
	{
		snprintf(val, sizeof(val), "%d", scale);
		for (i = 0; i < nclients; i++)
		{
			if (!putVariable(&state[i], "startup", "scale", val))
				exit(1);
		}
	}

	if (!is_no_vacuum)
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "starting vacuum...");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum pgbench_branches");
		executeStatement(con, "vacuum pgbench_tellers");
		executeStatement(con, "truncate pgbench_history");
		fprintf(stderr, "end.\n");

		if (do_vacuum_accounts)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "starting vacuum pgbench_accounts...");
			executeStatement(con, "vacuum analyze pgbench_accounts");
			fprintf(stderr, "end.\n");
		}
	}
	PQfinish(con);

	/* set random seed */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start_time);
	srandom((unsigned int) INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(start_time));

	/* process builtin SQL scripts */
	switch (ttype)
	{
		case 0:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(tpc_b);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		case 1:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(select_only);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		case 2:
			sql_files[0] = process_builtin(simple_update);
			num_files = 1;
			break;

		default:
			break;
	}

	/* set up thread data structures */
	threads = (TState *) xmalloc(sizeof(TState) * nthreads);
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		TState	   *thread = &threads[i];

		thread->tid = i;
		thread->state = &state[nclients / nthreads * i];
		thread->nstate = nclients / nthreads;
		thread->random_state[0] = random();
		thread->random_state[1] = random();
		thread->random_state[2] = random();

		if (is_latencies)
		{
			/* Reserve memory for the thread to store per-command latencies */
			int			t;

			thread->exec_elapsed = (instr_time *)
				xmalloc(sizeof(instr_time) * num_commands);
			thread->exec_count = (int *)
				xmalloc(sizeof(int) * num_commands);

			for (t = 0; t < num_commands; t++)
			{
				INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(thread->exec_elapsed[t]);
				thread->exec_count[t] = 0;
			}
		}
		else
		{
			thread->exec_elapsed = NULL;
			thread->exec_count = NULL;
		}
	}

	/* get start up time */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start_time);

	/* set alarm if duration is specified. */
	if (duration > 0)
		setalarm(duration);

	/* start threads */
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		TState	   *thread = &threads[i];

		INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(thread->start_time);

		/* the first thread (i = 0) is executed by main thread */
		if (i > 0)
		{
			int			err = pthread_create(&thread->thread, NULL, threadRun, thread);

			if (err != 0 || thread->thread == INVALID_THREAD)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "cannot create thread: %s\n", strerror(err));
				exit(1);
			}
		}
		else
		{
			thread->thread = INVALID_THREAD;
		}
	}

	/* wait for threads and accumulate results */
	total_xacts = 0;
	INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(conn_total_time);
	for (i = 0; i < nthreads; i++)
	{
		void	   *ret = NULL;

		if (threads[i].thread == INVALID_THREAD)
			ret = threadRun(&threads[i]);
		else
			pthread_join(threads[i].thread, &ret);

		if (ret != NULL)
		{
			TResult    *r = (TResult *) ret;

			total_xacts += r->xacts;
			INSTR_TIME_ADD(conn_total_time, r->conn_time);
			free(ret);
		}
	}
	disconnect_all(state, nclients);

	/* get end time */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(total_time);
	INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(total_time, start_time);
	printResults(ttype, total_xacts, nclients, threads, nthreads,
				 total_time, conn_total_time);

	return 0;
}

static void *
threadRun(void *arg)
{
	TState	   *thread = (TState *) arg;
	CState	   *state = thread->state;
	TResult    *result;
	FILE	   *logfile = NULL; /* per-thread log file */
	instr_time	start,
				end;
	int			nstate = thread->nstate;
	int			remains = nstate;		/* number of remaining clients */
	int			i;

	result = xmalloc(sizeof(TResult));
	INSTR_TIME_SET_ZERO(result->conn_time);

	/* open log file if requested */
	if (use_log)
	{
		char		logpath[64];

		if (thread->tid == 0)
			snprintf(logpath, sizeof(logpath), "pgbench_log.%d", main_pid);
		else
			snprintf(logpath, sizeof(logpath), "pgbench_log.%d.%d", main_pid, thread->tid);
		logfile = fopen(logpath, "w");

		if (logfile == NULL)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Couldn't open logfile \"%s\": %s", logpath, strerror(errno));
			goto done;
		}
	}

	if (!is_connect)
	{
		/* make connections to the database */
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			if ((state[i].con = doConnect()) == NULL)
				goto done;
		}
	}

	/* time after thread and connections set up */
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(result->conn_time);
	INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(result->conn_time, thread->start_time);

	/* send start up queries in async manner */
	for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
	{
		CState	   *st = &state[i];
		Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
		int			prev_ecnt = st->ecnt;

		st->use_file = getrand(thread, 0, num_files - 1);
		if (!doCustom(thread, st, &result->conn_time, logfile))
			remains--;			/* I've aborted */

		if (st->ecnt > prev_ecnt && commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
		{
			fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Execution meta-command failed.\n", i, st->state);
			remains--;			/* I've aborted */
			PQfinish(st->con);
			st->con = NULL;
		}
	}

	while (remains > 0)
	{
		fd_set		input_mask;
		int			maxsock;	/* max socket number to be waited */
		int64		now_usec = 0;
		int64		min_usec;

		FD_ZERO(&input_mask);

		maxsock = -1;
		min_usec = INT64_MAX;
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			CState	   *st = &state[i];
			Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
			int			sock;

			if (st->sleeping)
			{
				int			this_usec;

				if (min_usec == INT64_MAX)
				{
					instr_time	now;

					INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(now);
					now_usec = INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(now);
				}

				this_usec = st->until - now_usec;
				if (min_usec > this_usec)
					min_usec = this_usec;
			}
			else if (st->con == NULL)
			{
				continue;
			}
			else if (commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
			{
				min_usec = 0;	/* the connection is ready to run */
				break;
			}

			sock = PQsocket(st->con);
			if (sock < 0)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "bad socket: %s\n", strerror(errno));
				goto done;
			}

			FD_SET(sock, &input_mask);

			if (maxsock < sock)
				maxsock = sock;
		}

		if (min_usec > 0 && maxsock != -1)
		{
			int			nsocks; /* return from select(2) */

			if (min_usec != INT64_MAX)
			{
				struct timeval timeout;

				timeout.tv_sec = min_usec / 1000000;
				timeout.tv_usec = min_usec % 1000000;
				nsocks = select(maxsock + 1, &input_mask, NULL, NULL, &timeout);
			}
			else
				nsocks = select(maxsock + 1, &input_mask, NULL, NULL, NULL);
			if (nsocks < 0)
			{
				if (errno == EINTR)
					continue;
				/* must be something wrong */
				fprintf(stderr, "select failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
				goto done;
			}
		}

		/* ok, backend returns reply */
		for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		{
			CState	   *st = &state[i];
			Command   **commands = sql_files[st->use_file];
			int			prev_ecnt = st->ecnt;

			if (st->con && (FD_ISSET(PQsocket(st->con), &input_mask)
							|| commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND))
			{
				if (!doCustom(thread, st, &result->conn_time, logfile))
					remains--;	/* I've aborted */
			}

			if (st->ecnt > prev_ecnt && commands[st->state]->type == META_COMMAND)
			{
				fprintf(stderr, "Client %d aborted in state %d. Execution of meta-command failed.\n", i, st->state);
				remains--;		/* I've aborted */
				PQfinish(st->con);
				st->con = NULL;
			}
		}
	}

done:
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(start);
	disconnect_all(state, nstate);
	result->xacts = 0;
	for (i = 0; i < nstate; i++)
		result->xacts += state[i].cnt;
	INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(end);
	INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF(result->conn_time, end, start);
	if (logfile)
		fclose(logfile);
	return result;
}


/*
 * Support for duration option: set timer_exceeded after so many seconds.
 */

#ifndef WIN32

static void
handle_sig_alarm(SIGNAL_ARGS)
{
	timer_exceeded = true;
}

static void
setalarm(int seconds)
{
	pqsignal(SIGALRM, handle_sig_alarm);
	alarm(seconds);
}

#ifndef ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY

/*
 * implements pthread using fork.
 */

typedef struct fork_pthread
{
	pid_t		pid;
	int			pipes[2];
}	fork_pthread;

static int
pthread_create(pthread_t *thread,
			   pthread_attr_t *attr,
			   void *(*start_routine) (void *),
			   void *arg)
{
	fork_pthread *th;
	void	   *ret;

	th = (fork_pthread *) xmalloc(sizeof(fork_pthread));
	if (pipe(th->pipes) < 0)
	{
		free(th);
		return errno;
	}

	th->pid = fork();
	if (th->pid == -1)			/* error */
	{
		free(th);
		return errno;
	}
	if (th->pid != 0)			/* in parent process */
	{
		close(th->pipes[1]);
		*thread = th;
		return 0;
	}

	/* in child process */
	close(th->pipes[0]);

	/* set alarm again because the child does not inherit timers */
	if (duration > 0)
		setalarm(duration);

	ret = start_routine(arg);
	write(th->pipes[1], ret, sizeof(TResult));
	close(th->pipes[1]);
	free(th);
	exit(0);
}

static int
pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return)
{
	int			status;

	while (waitpid(th->pid, &status, 0) != th->pid)
	{
		if (errno != EINTR)
			return errno;
	}

	if (thread_return != NULL)
	{
		/* assume result is TResult */
		*thread_return = xmalloc(sizeof(TResult));
		if (read(th->pipes[0], *thread_return, sizeof(TResult)) != sizeof(TResult))
		{
			free(*thread_return);
			*thread_return = NULL;
		}
	}
	close(th->pipes[0]);

	free(th);
	return 0;
}
#endif
#else							/* WIN32 */

static VOID CALLBACK
win32_timer_callback(PVOID lpParameter, BOOLEAN TimerOrWaitFired)
{
	timer_exceeded = true;
}

static void
setalarm(int seconds)
{
	HANDLE		queue;
	HANDLE		timer;

	/* This function will be called at most once, so we can cheat a bit. */
	queue = CreateTimerQueue();
	if (seconds > ((DWORD) -1) / 1000 ||
		!CreateTimerQueueTimer(&timer, queue,
							   win32_timer_callback, NULL, seconds * 1000, 0,
							   WT_EXECUTEINTIMERTHREAD | WT_EXECUTEONLYONCE))
	{
		fprintf(stderr, "Failed to set timer\n");
		exit(1);
	}
}

/* partial pthread implementation for Windows */

typedef struct win32_pthread
{
	HANDLE		handle;
	void	   *(*routine) (void *);
	void	   *arg;
	void	   *result;
} win32_pthread;

static unsigned __stdcall
win32_pthread_run(void *arg)
{
	win32_pthread *th = (win32_pthread *) arg;

	th->result = th->routine(th->arg);

	return 0;
}

static int
pthread_create(pthread_t *thread,
			   pthread_attr_t *attr,
			   void *(*start_routine) (void *),
			   void *arg)
{
	int			save_errno;
	win32_pthread *th;

	th = (win32_pthread *) xmalloc(sizeof(win32_pthread));
	th->routine = start_routine;
	th->arg = arg;
	th->result = NULL;

	th->handle = (HANDLE) _beginthreadex(NULL, 0, win32_pthread_run, th, 0, NULL);
	if (th->handle == NULL)
	{
		save_errno = errno;
		free(th);
		return save_errno;
	}

	*thread = th;
	return 0;
}

static int
pthread_join(pthread_t th, void **thread_return)
{
	if (th == NULL || th->handle == NULL)
		return errno = EINVAL;

	if (WaitForSingleObject(th->handle, INFINITE) != WAIT_OBJECT_0)
	{
		_dosmaperr(GetLastError());
		return errno;
	}

	if (thread_return)
		*thread_return = th->result;

	CloseHandle(th->handle);
	free(th);
	return 0;
}

#endif   /* WIN32 */
#8Heikki Linnakangas
heikki.linnakangas@enterprisedb.com
In reply to: Amit kapila (#7)

On 27.08.2012 15:18, Amit kapila wrote:

I have implemented the WAL Reduction Patch for the case of HOT Update as pointed out by Simon and Robert. In this patch it only goes for Optimized WAL in case of HOT Update with other restrictions same as in previous patch.

The performance numbers for this patch are attached in this mail. It has improved by 90% if the page has fillfactor 80.

Now going forward I have following options:
a. Upload the patch in Open CF for WAL Reduction which contains reductution for HOT and non-HOT updates.
b. Upload the patch in Open CF for WAL Reduction which contains reductution for HOT updates.
c. Upload both the patches as different versions.

Let's do it for HOT updates only. Simon & Robert made good arguments on
why this is a bad idea for non-HOT updates.

--
Heikki Linnakangas
EnterpriseDB http://www.enterprisedb.com

#9Amit Kapila
amit.kapila@huawei.com
In reply to: Heikki Linnakangas (#8)

From: Heikki Linnakangas [mailto:heikki.linnakangas@enterprisedb.com]
Sent: Monday, August 27, 2012 5:58 PM
To: Amit kapila
On 27.08.2012 15:18, Amit kapila wrote:

I have implemented the WAL Reduction Patch for the case of HOT Update as

pointed out by Simon and Robert. In this patch it only goes for Optimized
WAL in case of HOT Update with other restrictions same as in previous patch.

The performance numbers for this patch are attached in this mail. It has

improved by 90% if the page has fillfactor 80.

Now going forward I have following options:
a. Upload the patch in Open CF for WAL Reduction which contains

reductution for HOT and non-HOT updates.

b. Upload the patch in Open CF for WAL Reduction which contains

reductution for HOT updates.

c. Upload both the patches as different versions.

Let's do it for HOT updates only. Simon & Robert made good arguments on
why this is a bad idea for non-HOT updates.

Okay, I shall do it that way.
So now I shall send information about all the testing I have done for this
Patch and then Upload it in CF.

With Regards,
Amit Kapila.

#10Amit kapila
amit.kapila@huawei.com
In reply to: Amit Kapila (#9)
1 attachment(s)

On August 27, 2012 7:00 PM Amit Kapila wrote:
On August 27, 2012 5:58 PM Heikki Linnakangas wrote:
On 27.08.2012 15:18, Amit kapila wrote:

I have implemented the WAL Reduction Patch for the case of HOT Update as

Let's do it for HOT updates only. Simon & Robert made good arguments on
why this is a bad idea for non-HOT updates.

Okay, I shall do it that way.
So now I shall send information about all the testing I have done for this
Patch and then Upload it in CF.

Test Scenario's are below and testcases for same are attached with this mail.

Scenario1:
Recover the data where the field data is updated with different value from an exisitng data of an integer field.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. update the integer field with other than existing data.
3. Shutdown the server immediately.
4. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The updated data should present in the table after database recovery.

Scenario2:
Recover the data where the field data is updated with different value from an exisitng data of char and varchar fields.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. update both char and varchar fields with other than existing data.
3. Shutdown the server immediately.
4. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The updated data should present in the table after database recovery.

Scenario3:
Recover the data where the field data is updated with NULL value from an exisitng data of a field.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. update a field with NULL value.
3. Shutdown the server immediately.
4. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The updated data should present in the table after database recovery.

Scenario4:
Recover the data where the field data is updated with a proper value from an exisitng data of a field where the row contains NULL data.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. update a field with a different value other than existing data.
3. Shutdown the server immediately.
4. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The updated data should present in the table after database recovery.

Scenario5:
Recover the data where all fields data is updated with NULL value from an exisitng data of a fields.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. update all fields with NULL values.
3. Shutdown the server immediately.
4. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The updated data should present in the table after database recovery.

Scenario6:
Recover the data of updated field of a table where the table contains a toast table.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. update a field with a different value other than existing data.
3. Shutdown the server immediately.
4. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The updated data should present in the table after database recovery.

Scenario7:
Recover the data of updated field of a table where the row length is less than 128 bytes.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. update a field with a different value other than existing data.
3. Shutdown the server immediately.
4. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The updated data should present in the table after database recovery.

Scenario8:
Recover the data of updated field of a table where the before trigger modifies the tuple before the tuple updates.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. create a before trigger which modifies the same record.
3. update a field with a different value other than existing data.
4. Shutdown the server immediately.
5. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The updated data should present in the table after database recovery.

Scenario9:
Recover the data where the update operation fails because of trigger returns NULL.
Steps:
1. Start the server, create table, insert one record into the table.
2. update a field fails as before trigger returns NULL.
3. Shutdown the server immediately.
4. Start the server and connect the client and check the data in the table.
Expected behavior:
The update command shouldn't be effective after recovery also.

With Regards,
Amit Kapila.

Attachments:

test_wal_reduction_update_sql.txttext/plain; name=test_wal_reduction_update_sql.txtDownload